Sie sind auf Seite 1von 301

GE Medical Systems

Technical
Publication
5121726-100-1
Revision 6

GE Medical Systems
Precision RXi®
Precision RXi® version e
Tasks and Procedures
Book 1 – Table Adjustment, Teleservice,
Table Troubleshooting
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

LEGAL NOTES
TRADEMARKS
All other products and their name brands are the trademarks of their respective holders.

COPYRIGHTS
All Material Copyright © 2004 by General Electric Company, Inc. All rights
reserved. The material presented and contained herein may not be reproduced in any form or
manner, without the written permission of General Electric Company, Inc.

Page2
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS
LANGUAGE
ƒ THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.
ƒ IF A CUSTOMER’S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER THAN
WARNING ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TRANSLATION
SERVICES.
ƒ DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE MANUAL
HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
ƒ FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE
PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK, MECHANICAL OR
OTHER HAZARDS.

ƒ CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.


ADVERTIS ƒ SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE LANGUE
QUE L’ANGLAIS, C’EST AU CLIENT QU’IL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE TRADUIRE.
ƒ NE PAS TENTER D’INTERVENTION SUR LES ÉQUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE MANUEL
SERVICE N’A PAS ÉTÉ CONSULTÉ ET COMPRIS.
ƒ LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRAÎNER CHEZ LE TECHNICIEN,
L’OPÉRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES À DES DANGERS
ÉLECTRIQUES, MÉCANIQUES OU AUTRES.

ƒ DIESES KUNDENDIENST-HANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.


WARNUN ƒ FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENÖTIGT, IST ES
AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FÜR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE ÜBERSETZUNG ZU SORGEN.
ƒ VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT, DAS GERÄT ZU REPARIEREN, BEVOR DIESES
KUNDENDIENST-HANDBUCH ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN WURDE.
ƒ WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN DES
KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN DURCH
ELEKTRISCHE SCHLÄGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE GEFAHREN KOMMEN.

ƒ ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SÓLO EXISTE EN INGLÉS.


AVISO ƒ SI ALGÚN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA QUE NO
SEA EL INGLÉS, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN SERVICIO DE
TRADUCCIÓN.
ƒ NO SE DEBERÁ DAR SERVICIO TÉCNICO AL EQUIPO, SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y
COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
ƒ LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN LESIONES
PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELÉCTRICAS, MECÁNICAS O DE OTRA NATURALEZA.

ƒ ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA SÓ SE ENCONTRA DISPONÍVEL EM


ANTENC INGLÊS.
ƒ SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIÇO DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA, QUE NÃO A GEMS,
SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, É DA RESPONSABILIDADE DO
CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIÇOS DE TRADUÇÃO.
ƒ NÃO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E COMPREENDIDO
ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA.
ƒ O NÃO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANÇA DO
TÉCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A‘ CHOQUES ELÉTRICOS, MECÂNICOS
OU OUTROS.

Page 3
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

ƒ
ƒ IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE È DISPONIBILE SOLTANTO IN INGLESE.
ƒ SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS RICHIEDE IL
AVVERTENZ
MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE È TENUTO A PROVVEDERE
DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
ƒ SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL’APPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO AVER
CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO.
ƒ NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR COMPIERE
OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL’ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE,
ALL’UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA, PER URTI
MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI.

Page4
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSIONe SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

REVISIONS HISTORY

REV DATE REASON FOR CHANGE


1
2
3 February 2006 Updated adjustment manual just added some various explanations- avoided
not useful codes
4 May 2006 Added Precision RXi version e adjustment procedures
5 November 2007 Added functions for intelligent tilting and the fourth collimator mode/ new
revision tele-service paragraphs (rev 2.2)
6 April 2009 Adjustment of the compression limitation
Mechanical checks

Page 5
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSIONe SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Table of Contents

1. General Notes........................................................................................................... 10
Typographic conventions ............................................................................................. 11
2. Service Mode............................................................................................................ 12
2.1. Console panel controls in Service Mode............................................................ 15
2.2. Tableside keyboard controls in Service Mode ................................................... 16
2.3. Installation codes............................................................................................... 17
3. Error codes ............................................................................................................... 24
4. System Configuration ............................................................................................... 26
4.1. Filing the default data in EPROM ...................................................................... 27
4.2. Equipment version............................................................................................. 27
4.3. Step by step operation gear............................................................................... 28
4.4. SW filter for ADC ............................................................................................... 28
4.5. Room configuration ........................................................................................... 29
4.6. I.I. configuration ................................................................................................. 32
4.7. Cassette configuration ....................................................................................... 32
4.8. SFD configuration.............................................................................................. 33
4.9. Collimator configuration ..................................................................................... 33
4.10. Patient tabletop configuration ............................................................................ 34
4.11. I.I. ascent-descent configuration........................................................................ 34
4.12. Pulsed fluoroscopy configuration (option).......................................................... 35
4.13. Configuration of the SFD speed ........................................................................ 35
4.14. Configuration of the Fixed / Variable Focal distance ......................................... 35
4.15. P48 push-button function configuration ............................................................. 36
4.16. P29 push-button function configuration ............................................................. 37
4.17. Longitudinal tabletop displacement configuration .............................................. 37
4.18. Grid movement configuration............................................................................. 38
4.19. Semiautomatic push button in SFD configuration.............................................. 38
4.20. Automatic increase in tomography .................................................................... 39
4.21. Wallstand Configuration..................................................................................... 39
5. System Calibration.................................................................................................... 41
5.1. Keyboard knob .................................................................................................. 41
5.2. Tilting ................................................................................................................. 42
5.3. Elevation............................................................................................................ 52
5.4. Stand ................................................................................................................. 60
5.5. Spot Film Device ............................................................................................... 66
5.6. Preliminary tomographic controls ...................................................................... 73
5.7. Tomographic controls ........................................................................................ 76
5.8. Longitudinal tabletop ......................................................................................... 77
5.9. Focal Distance................................................................................................... 81
5.10. Collimator .......................................................................................................... 84
5.11. Cassette dimension ........................................................................................... 91
5.12. Transversal tabletop .......................................................................................... 94
5.13. Compressor ....................................................................................................... 95

Page6
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSION e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.14. Parallel diaphragms ......................................................................................... 101


5.15. Crossed diaphragms ....................................................................................... 106
5.16. Grid.................................................................................................................. 111
5.17. Longitudinal cassette holder ............................................................................ 115
5.18. Transversal cassette-holder ............................................................................ 119
5.19. Image Intensifier .............................................................................................. 124
5.20. Tube centering................................................................................................. 127
5.21. Ceiling Suspension Position Switch................................................................. 129
5.22. Adjustment of the display on the stand ............................................................ 129
5.23. Focal Distance/SID Compensation.................................................................. 130
6. Control boards configuration................................................................................... 132
6.1. 1S2 Jumper configuration (control panel CPU): .............................................. 132
6.2. 25S1 Jumper configuration (Host CPU):.......................................................... 132
6.3. 25S3-Sw2 Dip-switches (I/O board) ............................................................... 132
6.4. 25S3-Sw1 dip-switches (I/O board) ................................................................. 134
6.5. 25S3-jumper for board configuration (I/O board) ............................................. 135
6.6. 25S4-jumper configuration (injector interface board)....................................... 135
6.7. Parameters on console display 1S3 ................................................................ 136
7. Software Management............................................................................................ 137
7.1. 25S1 firmware loading ..................................................................................... 138
7.2. 1S2 software loading ....................................................................................... 139
7.3. Checksum and 25S1 board software version check........................................ 139
7.4. 1S2 checksum control ..................................................................................... 139
7.5. Alarms reset .................................................................................................... 139
7.6. Data modification............................................................................................. 140
7.7. Microprocessor board testing .......................................................................... 140
8. Belts and Chains Adjustments ................................................................................ 141
8.1. Tilting transmission.......................................................................................... 141
8.2. Elevation group transmission........................................................................... 142
8.3. Spot film device transmission .......................................................................... 143
8.4. Stand transmission .......................................................................................... 144
8.5. Compressor trolley transmission ..................................................................... 144
8.6. Longitudinal tabletop transmission .................................................................. 145
8.7. Spot film device transmissions ........................................................................ 146
9. Mechanical checks ................................................................................................. 148
10. Teleservice.......................................................................................................... 150
10.1. Connection ...................................................................................................... 151
10.2. Using the Teleservice ...................................................................................... 153
11. Troubleshooting .................................................................................................. 232
11.1. Aim .................................................................................................................. 232
11.2. Alarms/messages Display ............................................................................... 232
11.3. Alarms/messages list....................................................................................... 233
11.4. Alarm 001 ........................................................................................................ 235
11.5. Alarm 002 ........................................................................................................ 236
11.6. Alarm 003 ........................................................................................................ 239
11.7. Alarm 004 ........................................................................................................ 239

Page 7
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSION e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.8. Alarm 011 ........................................................................................................ 240


11.9. Alarm 012 ........................................................................................................ 241
11.10. Alarm 013 ........................................................................................................ 244
11.11. Alarm 014 ........................................................................................................ 244
11.12. Alarm 015 ........................................................................................................ 245
11.13. Alarm 021 ........................................................................................................ 245
11.14. Alarm 022 ........................................................................................................ 247
11.15. Alarm 023 ........................................................................................................ 249
11.16. Alarm 024 ........................................................................................................ 250
11.17. Alarm 025 ........................................................................................................ 250
11.18. Alarm 026 ........................................................................................................ 251
11.19. Alarm 027 ........................................................................................................ 251
11.20. Alarm 028 ........................................................................................................ 252
11.21. Alarm 031 ........................................................................................................ 253
11.22. Alarm 032 ........................................................................................................ 254
11.23. Alarm 033 ........................................................................................................ 257
11.24. Alarm 034 ........................................................................................................ 257
11.25. Alarm 035 ........................................................................................................ 258
11.26. Alarm 036 ........................................................................................................ 258
11.27. Alarm 037 ........................................................................................................ 259
11.28. Alarm 041 ........................................................................................................ 259
11.29. Alarm 042 ........................................................................................................ 260
11.30. Alarm 051 ........................................................................................................ 262
11.31. Alarm 052 ........................................................................................................ 263
11.32. Alarm 061 ........................................................................................................ 265
11.33. Alarm 062 ........................................................................................................ 266
11.34. Alarm 071 ........................................................................................................ 268
11.35. Alarm 072 ........................................................................................................ 269
11.36. Alarm 081 ........................................................................................................ 271
11.37. Alarm 082 ........................................................................................................ 272
11.38. Alarm 091 ........................................................................................................ 274
11.39. Alarm 092 ........................................................................................................ 275
11.40. Alarm 096 ........................................................................................................ 276
11.41. Alarm 097 ........................................................................................................ 277
11.42. Alarm 098 ........................................................................................................ 278
11.43. Alarm 099 ........................................................................................................ 278
11.44. Alarm 101 ........................................................................................................ 280
11.45. Alarm 111 ........................................................................................................ 282
11.46. Alarm 121 ........................................................................................................ 283
11.47. Alarm 122 ........................................................................................................ 284
11.48. Alarm 131 ........................................................................................................ 286
11.49. Alarm 132 ........................................................................................................ 287
11.50. Alarm 133 ........................................................................................................ 289
11.51. Alarm 141 ........................................................................................................ 289
11.52. Alarm 142 ........................................................................................................ 291
11.53. Alarm 143 ........................................................................................................ 293

Page8
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSION e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.54. Alarm 151 ........................................................................................................ 294


11.55. Alarm 152 ........................................................................................................ 295
11.56. Alarm 161 ........................................................................................................ 297
11.57. Alarm 163 ........................................................................................................ 298
11.58. Alarm 164 ........................................................................................................ 299
11.59. Alarm 189÷196 ................................................................................................ 299
11.60. Alarm 197 ........................................................................................................ 299
11.61. Alarm 198 ........................................................................................................ 300
11.62. Alarm 199 ........................................................................................................ 300
11.63. Alarm 200 ........................................................................................................ 300
11.64. Alarm 201 ........................................................................................................ 301
11.65. Alarm 202 ........................................................................................................ 301

Page 9
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

1. General Notes

WARNING

X-RAY EQUIPMENTS CAN BE DANGEROUS TO THE HEALTH OF BOTH PATIENTS AND OPERATORS
UNLESS PROPER SAFETY MEASURES ARE STRICTLY OBSERVED.
Although this equipment was designed and manufactured according to the most up-to-
date safety standards, the X-ray beam always represents a danger if the operator is not
properly qualified and trained. Excessive exposures to X-rays cause damages to the
human body: therefore, all the necessary precautions must be taken to prevent
unauthorized or unskilled personnel from operating this equipment, thus jeopardizing
themselves and other people.
Before executing any operations, the personnel being authorized and qualified for using
this equipment, must be informed on the protection measures established by the
International Committee for Radiological Protection, as well as other relevant national
standards.

Note: This equipment is in compliance with the requirements established by the


89/336/CEE Directive applying to the Electromagnetic Compatibility.
In order to comply with such requirements, special technical measures were adopted
(such as the application of anti-noise filters and/or ferrites on some circuits) and precise
grounding connections were defined. The metallic covers and their clamps are realized
and checked Using fixing devices or special conductive material-gaskets ensuring both
the immunity to external sources of disturbance and the limitation of possible internal
disturbances generated by the electrical circuits.
Therefore, it is recommended that the technicians executing maintenance or fixing
interventions NOT modify the path of the connections and carefully reconnect all
grounding connectors of the gaskets (should these be removed during the
maintenance or fault research operations) and restore the protection gaskets with
the utmost attention in the same conditions and with the same fixing devices
originally foreseen.

Note: The original document was drawn up in Italian.

Page10
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Typographic conventions
In order to facilitate the reading of the manual, different styles and types were used:
please make reference to the following:

Numbered text:
Example:
1. Instructions to be executed according to the sequence specified.

Text in italics accompanied by the symbol “i” (information):


Example:

Important information

Text in italics included within a frame:

Example:

Useful supplementary information

Bold text accompanied by the symbols of danger:

Important information that are emphasized when a possible


danger for the equipment or the operator may occur.

Important information that are emphasized when an X-ray


emission is foreseen.

Important information that are emphasized when it is


necessary to handle electronic boards or devices.

Important information that are emphasized when a possible


risk of electric shock may occur.

Warning symbol to advise of possible fingers squashing

Page 11
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

2. Service Mode
The service mode allows:
• The proper calibration of the reference potentiometer to the mechanical axis and
the subsequent acquisition of the end-of-stroke values.
• The setting and the modification of the installation configuration according to the
specific needs set by the room characteristics.
• The modification of the adjustment values applying to some movements.
• The extra-low speed movement of some motors.

This service mode can be used in the following cases:


• During the start-up phase and testing phase of the equipment.
• During the phase of installation at the customer.
• During the maintenance and servicing of the equipment, when the replacement of
components, troubleshooting or modifications of the end-of-stroke values are
necessary.

Service Mode enables the access to all the settings related to the table. Each setting is
stored as a combination of a Transmission Code and Transmission Value.
• the transmission code identifies the setting to be modified.
• the transmission value indicates the value that is stored for that setting.

After entering the service mode, the normal functioning of the table will be deactivated and
some push-buttons, control-panel displays and the operator’s keyboard will acquire special
functions. The following sub-sections explain the functions associated with various push-
buttons when in Service Mode.

To enter the service mode there are two options:

1. Direct service mode


In the positioner cabinet, set Sw1.1 dip switch on the I/O 25S3 board (Figure 1) to
the ON position. The tilting and layer height LED on the console will display 000 to
indicate the system is in service mode.
When complete, restore 25S3-Sw1.1 to the OFF position and the equipment will
automatically reboot, taking into account the new values and parameters set.

2. PC access service mode


Using the Digital system, or with your laptop connected to CPU board Teleservice
port (Figure 2), open the Teleservice application.

Throughout this manual, each time a transmission code and transmission value must be
accessed in Service Mode, the following format will be used:

FUNCTION OF TRANSMISSION CODE code 300

FUNCTION OF TRANSMISSION VALUE value 007

Page 12
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

25S3 sw1.1

Figure 1

Page 13
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Teleservice connection port

Figure 2

Page 14
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

2.1. Console panel controls in Service Mode

The following shows the functionality of the console panels push-buttons while in Service
Mode. Those push-buttons that are not labelled have no function in Service Mode.

P34 Increase the transmission code currently selected.


P35 Decrease the transmission code currently selected.
P31 or P66 Choose the lower limit or decrease the transmission value.
P32 or P67 Choose the higher limit or increase the transmission value.
P33 <ENTER> push-button for saving the new setting
P57or P48 <RESET> push-button for cancelling the modifications
LE2-4 Displays transmission code selected
LE5-7 Displays transmission value selected

LE2-4 LE5-7

P34 P35

P57
P33

P66
P67
P31 P32 P48

Page 15
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

2.2. Tableside keyboard controls in Service Mode


The following table shows the functionality of the console panels push-buttons while in
Service Mode. Those push-buttons that are not labelled have no function in Service Mode.
P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

P Rx
Å Æ C A >>
¯ ° Ç È
Tilting P44A P44C P39
Elevation P44B P44D P67
Stand P44A P44C P39
Longitudinal tabletop P44A P44C P39
SFD P44A P44C P39
FD P44B P44D P39
I.I. P44B P44D
Cassette ⊥ P44A P44C
Diaphragmas // P44B P44D
Cassette // P44B P44D
Grid P44B P44D
Diaphragmas ⊥ P44B P44D
LEGEND
¯ Counter-clockwise movement A Movement to open (or towards the loading
position)
° Clockwise movement C Movement to close (or towards the parking
position)
Ç Upwards movement P Movement towards the parking position
È Downwards movement Rx Movement towards the loading position
Å Leftwards movement >> Fast movement (coupled to equipment
movement)
→ Rightward movement

Page 16
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

2.3. Installation codes


The following table is a summary of all the transmission codes and values that can be set
in service mode. Further information regarding each code and value is provided when
required. If further information is present, a specific section is referenced.
If further information is not present, then the code is a basic configuration setting whose
possible values are shown. The correct value corresponding the system configuration
should be set.

The values written in bold type indicate the default setting.


The asterisk * indicates the value that is normally set during the Testing.
The symbol x indicates that the default value is <000>,the code is used for
calibration/configuration but does not represent a setting.
The codes with no signs are set according to the sales order and mechanical structure.

Cod Value Sec Description


e tion
001 x 001 5.2 Adjustment of the Tilting minimum end-of-stroke
002 Adjustment of the Tilting maximum end-of-stroke
002 x 001 5.3 Adjustment of the Elevation minimum end-of-stroke
002 Adjustment of the Elevation maximum end-of-stroke
003 x 001 5.4 Adjustment of the Stand minimum end-of-stroke
002 Adjustment of the Stand maximum end-of-stroke
004 x 001 5.5 Adjustment of the SFD minimum end-of-stroke
002 Adjustment of the SFD maximum end-of-stroke
005 x 001 5.10 Adjustment of the min. end-of-stroke of the
collimator parallel blades
002 Adjustment of the max. end-of-stroke of the
collimator parallel blades
006 x 001 5.10 Adjustment of the min. end-of-stroke of the
collimator perpendicular blades
002 Adjustment of the max. end-of-stroke of the
collimator perpendicular blades
007 x 001 5.10 Adjustment of the min. end-of-stroke of the
collimator iris blades
002 Adjustment of the max. end-of-stroke of the
collimator iris blades
008 x 001 5.11 Adjustment of the parallel jaws minimum end-of-
stroke

Page 17
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

002 Adjustment of the parallel jaws maximum end-of-


stroke
009 x 001 5.11 Adjustment of the perpendicular jaws minimum end-of-
stroke
002 Adjustment of the perpendicular jaws maximum end-of-
stroke
010 240 4.5 Room height = 2400mm
250 Room height = 2500mm
260 Room height = 2600mm
270 Room height = 2700mm
280 Room height = 2800mm
290 Room height = 2900mm
300 Room height = 3000mm
310 Room height = 3100mm
320 Room height = 3200mm
* 330 Room height = 3300mm
011 092 4.6 9” I.I. Dimension
099 9” I.I. Dimension without height limitation (only for “E”
version)
122 12” I. I Dimension
016 16” I.I. Dimension
012 05 5.2 Counter-clockwise tilting limitation -5°
10 Counter-clockwise tilting limitation -10°
20 Counter-clockwise tilting limitation -20°
30 Counter-clockwise tilting limitation -30°
45 Counter-clockwise tilting limitation -45°
87 Counter-clockwise tilting limitation -87°
88 Counter-clockwise tilting limitation -88°
89 Counter-clockwise tilting limitation -89°
* 90 Counter-clockwise tilting limitation -90°
013 05 5.2 Counter-clockwise tilting limitation 5°
10 Counter-clockwise tilting limitation 10°
20 Clockwise tilting limitation 20°
30 Clockwise tilting limitation 30°
45 Clockwise tilting limitation 45°
87 Clockwise tilting limitation 87°
88 Clockwise tilting limitation 88°
89 Clockwise tilting limitation 89°

Page 18
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

* 90 Clockwise tilting limitation 90°

014 115 4.5 Focal distance limitation at 115cm for left wall limitation
135 Focal distance limitation at 130cm for left wall limitation
* 150 Focal distance limitation at 150cm for left wall limitation
015 115 4.5 Focal distance limitation at 115cm for right wall limitation
135 Focal distance limitation at 135cm for right wall limitation
* 150 Focal distance limitation at 150cm for right wall limitation
016 * 001 4.7 Cassette dimension in cm
002 Cassette dimension in inches
017 001 4.8 SFD with vertical divisions
002 SFD with vertical and crossed-divisions
003 SFD not available
018 001 DFR mode present, film mode automatically selected at
boot up
002 DFR modality present, Digital mode automatically
selected at boot up
003 DFR not present
004 SFD and/or DFR mode selected by remote (compulsory
for versions E)
019 003 4.9 Ralco collimator without iris blades
* 004 Collimator not present
005 Ralco collimator with iris blades
020 001 4.10 Flat tabletop with longitudinal displacement
002 Flat tabletop without longitudinal displacement
003 Concave tabletop with longitudinal displacement
004 Concave tabletop without longitudinal displacement
005 Concave tabletop with longitudinal displacement,
present but not mounted
Flat patient tabletop with longitudinal asymmetrical
008
movement (stroke –86/+15cm)
009
Concave patient tabletop with longitudinal asymmetrical
movement (stroke –86/+15cm)

021 150 5.10 Correction of // over-collimation for all modes


022 150 5.10 Correction of ⊥ over-collimation for all modes
023 150 5.10 Correction of iris over-collimation for all modes
024 500 5.10 Correction of // under-collimation on I.I. entire field

Page 19
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

025 500 5.10 Correction of ⊥ under-collimation on I.I. entire field


026 500 5.10 Correction of iris under-collimation on I.I. entire field
027 500 5.10 Correction of // under-collimation on I.I. 1st zoom
028 500 5.10 Correction of ⊥ under-collimation on I.I. 1st zoom
029 500 5.10 Correction of iris under-collimation on I.I. 1st zoom
030 500 5.10 Correction of // under-collimation on I.I. 2nd zoom
031 500 5.10 Correction of ⊥ under-collimation on I.I. 2nd zoom
032 500 5.10 Correction of iris under-collimation on I.I. 2nd zoom
033 500 5.10 Correction of // under-collimation on I.I. 3rd zoom
034 500 5.10 Correction of ⊥ under-collimation on I.I. 3rd zoom
035 500 5.10 Correction of iris under-collimation on I.I. 3rd zoom
036 001 4.20 Automatic increase value of tomographic layer height
037 060 5.6 Correction of tomographic angle on film 8°/0,4s
038 060 5.6 Correction of tomographic angle on film 8°/0,8s
039 060 5.6 Correction of tomographic angle on film 20°/0,6s
040 060 5.6 Correction of tomographic angle on film 20°/1,2s
041 060 5.6 Correction of tomographic angle on film 40°/1,2s
042 060 5.6 Correction of tomographic angle on film 40°/2,5s
043 050 5.6 Correction of DFR tomographic angle 8°/0,4s
044 050 5.6 Correction of DFR tomographic angle 8°/0,8s
045 050 5.6 Correction of DFR tomographic angle 20°/0,6s
046 050 5.6 Correction of DFR tomographic angle 20°/1,2s
047 050 5.6 Correction of DFR tomographic angle 40°/1,2s
048 050 5.6 Correction of DFR tomographic angle 40°/2,5s
049 005 5.7 Correction of layer height in tomography on SFD
050 005 5.7 Correction of layer height in tomography on digital
system
051 051 5.14 Correction of parallel diaphragms spaces
052 051 5.17 Correction of the longitudinal cassette-holder zero end-
of-stroke
053 005 5.15 Correction of the crossed-diaphragms zero end-of-
stroke
054 051 5.16 Correction of the grid zero end-of-stroke
055 051 5.18 Correction of the transversal cassette-holder zero end-
of-stroke
056 051 5.18 Transversal cassette-holder spaces correction
057 001 I.I. position in fluoroscopy at switching on

Page 20
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

002 I.I. position in radiography at switching on


003 Fixed I.I.
058 006 Integrated generator Indico 100
059 001 4.12 Pulsed fluoroscopy activated
002 Pulsed fluoroscopy not activated
060 x 001 5.2 Tilting operation adjustment – offset
002 Tilting operation adjustment – dynamic adjustments
061 x 001 5.3 Elevation operation adjustment – offset
002 Elevation operation adjustment – dynamic adjustments
062 x 001 5.4 Stand operation adjustment – offset
002 Stand operation adjustment – dynamic adjustments
063 x 001 5.5 SFD operation adjustment – offset
002 SFD operation adjustment – dynamic adjustments
064 x 001 5.9 Focal distance step-by-step movement - with photocell
002 Focal distance step-by-step movement – without
photocell
065 x 001 5.19 I.I. step-by-step movement – with photocell
002 I.I. step-by-step movement – without photocell
066 x 001 5.18 Transversal cassette-holder step-by-step movement –
with photocell
002 Transverse. cassette-holder step-by-step movement –
without photocell
067 x 001 5.14 Parallel diaphragms step-by-step movement – with
photocell
002 Parallel diaphragms step-by-step movement – without
photocell
068 x 001 5.17 Longitudinal cassette-holder step-by-step movement –
with photocell
002 Longitudinal cassette-holder step-by-step movement –
without photocell
069 x 001 5.16 Grid step-by-step movement – with photocell
002 Grid step-by-step movement – without photocell
070 x 001 5.15 Crossed-diaphragm step-by-step movement – with
photocell
002 Crossed-diaphragm step-by-step movement – without
photocell
071 002 Angiostep modality not present
072 001 Analog system (Nical)
002 Digital system (Infimed)

Page 21
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

073 x 001 5.22 Display adjustment on stand – minimum value


002 Display adjustment on stand – maximum value
074 x 001 5.8 Adjustment of longitudinal tabletop minimum end-of-
stroke
002 Adjustment of longitudinal tabletop maximum end-of-
stroke
075 * 001 4.13 SFD and column speed and angle = max
002 SFD and column speed and angle = max / 1.5
003 SFD and column speed and angle = max / 1.5 in
fluoroscopy
004 SFD and column speed and angle = max / 3 in
fluoroscopy
076 001 4.14 Step movement focal distance
002 Fixed focal distance
003 Continuous movement focal distance
077 * 001 4.15 P48 push-button function = 'horizontal tilting stop'
activated
002 P48 push-button function = 'horizontal tilting stop '
deactivated
078 001 4.16 P29 push-button function = 'Room lighting system'
* 002 P29 push-button function = 'spot filming programme
progression'
079 001 4.18 Stopped grid, movement only for parking
* 002 Movable grid in SFD stopped in DFR
003 Movable grid
004 Grid not present or cut out
080 * 001 4.19 In semiautomatic mode: fluoroscopy collimation = to
radiography
002 In semiautomatic mode: perpendicular side collimation
open to film size in radiography (perpendicular blades
and Iris)
003
In semiautomatic mode: perpendicular side collimation
open to film size in radiography, if not collimated open
in fluoroscopy (perpendicular blades and Iris)
004 Semiautomatic perpendicular side collimation: the
perpendicular blades open to film size in radiography if it
is not collimated in fluoroscopy, the iris blades open
always to film size on radiography

081 002 Periscanning modality not present


082 001 4.21 Wallstand and table only

Page 22
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSION e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

002 Wallstand and OTS/ceiling suspension and table


003 No wallstand
90-300 Automatic wallstand and table (see related Section for
details on determined correct value)
283 * 002 Enable movements it is not activated (double control)
284 000 Password
285 * 001 Intelligent table tilting activated
286 * 002 Safety for stretcher uses not activated
287 * 008 Operation S6-S7-S8 set to 3200 steps/revolution
288 * 001 4.4 SW filter for ADC OFF
002 SW filter for ADC ON
289 * 002 4.17 Transmission longitudinal tabletop foot-side
290 005 Elevating table
006 Non-elevating table
1
300 007 4.1 Filing the default values in EPROM

1
The code 300 value 007 destroys the values present inside the EPROM. It must be used only in case of replacement of the
component 25S1-MOOG 1531

Page 23
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

3. Error codes
When one of the following errors is generated, the watchdog activates automatically - a
power drop occurs and the control panel displays the error code. Once this occurs the
system must be reset to regain table control.

CODE TRANSMISSION CAUSE


001 Tilting Potentiometer
002 Operation unit protection
003 Motor+dynamo/DAC inverted
004 Motor reversibility
011 Elevation Potentiometer
012 Operation gear protection
013 Motor+dynamo/DAC inverted
014 Motor reversibility
015 Missing synchronism with the tilting
021 Stand Potentiometer
022 Operation gear protection
022 Tabletop drive circuit (with long. drive option)
023 Stand in SFD
024 Stand in angle
025 Stand in tomography
026 Stand in SFD+contemporary angle
027 Motor reversibility
028 Angle > 44°
031 SFD Potentiometer
032 Operation gear protection
033 SFD in SFD
034 SFD in angle
035 SFD in tomography
036 SFD in SFD+contemporary angle
037 Motor reversibility
041 FD Zero input alarm
042 Fault operation
051 Parallel collimator Potentiometer
052 Motor
061 Orthogonal collimator Potentiometer
062 Motor
071 Iris collimator Potentiometer
072 Motor
081 Parallel diaphragm Zero input alarm
082 Fault operation
091 Crossed-diaphragm Zero input alarm
092 Fault operation
101 Parallel jaws Potentiometer
111 Perpendicular jaws Potentiometer
121 Longitudinal cassette Zero input alarm
Page 24
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

122 Fault operation


131 Transversal cassette Zero input alarm
132 Fault operation
133 Central input alarm
141 I.I. Zero input alarm
142 Fault operation
143 Low I.I. input alarm
151 Grid Zero input alarm
152 Fault operation
161 Longitudinal tabletop Potentiometer
163 Motor+dynamo/DAC inverted
164 Motor reversibility

096 CPU battery in discharge


097 Movement control at the equipment start up
098 Broken fiber optic / wrong transmission
099 Stand-by
189÷196 System error
197 Assi board error
198 Transmission error on RS232 during installation
199 Transmission error type on RS232
200 E2PROM not present / broken
201 Virgin E2PROM
202 Alarm error not managed

For further information see the Troubleshooting chapter

Page 25
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

4. System Configuration
The table is supplied to the customer with all the system configurations and calibrations
already executed at the manufacturing plant during the testing in accordance with the
purchase order.

After installation, only those configurations associated with the specific room size must be
performed.

Each system is provided with its own “System configuration table”


including all the configuration values set during the Testing.
We suggest you should refer to the table and keep it updated after
any possible technical interventions.

Throughout this manual, each time a transmission code and transmission value must be
accessed in Service Mode, the following format will be used:

FUNCTION OF TRANSMISSION CODE code xxx

FUNCTION OF TRANSMISSION VALUE value yyy

For the procedure to enter the Service Mode, please refer to Section 2 – Service Mode.

Page 26
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

4.1. Filing the default data in EPROM

The loading of the default data destroys the data already


present in the EPROM.

The EPROM is loaded at the factory and does not need any further updating unless the
25S1-Moog1531 gets damaged and must be replaced.

In case the 25S1-CPU Host board must be replaced or 25S1-Moog1531 can be used from
the previous board.

This operation overwrites all the equipment settings, and it needs as a following step to
configure and acquire all the data default that are in EPROM.

WRITING IN EPROM SELECTION code 300

WRITING ACTIVATION VALUE value 007

4.2. Equipment version

Incorrect equipment selection may cause crashes of moving


mechanical parts.

The equipment version is pre-set and should not require any adjustment.

SELECTION OF THE KIND OF EQUIPMENT code 290

ELEVATING TABLE value 005


NON-ELEVATING TABLE value 006

Page 27
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

4.3. Step by step operation gear

Incorrect equipment selection of step-by-step operation can cause


crashes of mechanical parts being in movement.

The table type is pre-set and should not require any adjustment.

SELECTION OF THE OPERATION MEANS STEP BY STEP code 287

OPERATION GEAR S6-S7-S8 set to 3200 steps/revolution value 008

4.4. SW filter for ADC

Leave the SW filter for ADC off by default, it must be


activated only when checking potentiometers.

SELECTION OF THE SW FILTER FOR ADC code 288

SW FILTER FOR ADC OFF value 001


SW FILTER FOR ADC ON value 002

Page 28
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

4.5. Room configuration

4.5.1. Room height limitation

An incorrect room height limitation may result in crashes onto


the ceiling.
Determine the exact height of the room in line with the X-ray
tube centre in the longitudinal direction.
Set the exact value of the room or the nearest possible value
below the exact height.

Room height codes are in increments of 100mm. Always round the actual room height
DOWN to the nearest selectable value

ROOM HEIGHT LIMITATION Code 010

ROOM HEIGHT: 2400mm value 240


ROOM HEIGHT: 2500mm value 250
ROOM HEIGHT: 2600mm value 260
ROOM HEIGHT: 2700mm value 270
ROOM HEIGHT: 2800mm value 280
ROOM HEIGHT: 2900mm value 290
ROOM HEIGHT: 3000mm value 300
ROOM HEIGHT: 3100mm value 310
ROOM HEIGHT: 3200mm value 320
ROOM HEIGHT: 3300mm value 330

4.5.2. Side walls limitation

Incorrect limitation may result in crashes into the side walls.

The side wall limitation will limit tilting, stand and focal distance movements when the
longitudinal tabletop is next to either the right side wall (+90°) or left side wall (-90°).

To determine the side wall limitations, perform the following procedure:

1. Move SID to minimum


2. Tilt table completely to +90 degrees.
3. Extend the SID as far as possible (until limited by the wall or reach maximum travel)
and note the SID value.
4. Tilt table completely to –90 degrees.
5. Extend the SID as far as possible (until limited by the wall or reach maximum travel)
and note the SID value

Page 29
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

6. Enter Service Mode


7. For each wall limit code select the value that corresponds to the noted limiting SID
value, rounding DOWN and save setting.
8. Exit Service Mode.

LIMITATION FOR THE RIGHT SIDE WALL code 015

LIMITATION 115cm FFD value 115


LIMITATION 135cm FFD value 135
NO LIMITATION 150cm FFD value 150

With Tilting stop from +87° to +90°, the limitation due to the side walls may
intervene beyond +30°.
With Tilting stop at +5°, +10°, +20° or +30° the limitation due to the side walls will
intervene at +6°.

With focal distance limitation at 115 or 135, the outwards movement of the
longitudinal tabletop towards the right wall will be limited when the table is tilted
between 0° and –45° and the tube stand movement toward the right side will be
limited when in trendelemburg.

LIMITATION FOR THE LEFT SIDE WALL code 014

LIMITATION 115cm FFD value 115


LIMITATION 135cm FFD value 135
NO LIMITATION 150cm FFD value 150

With Tilting stop from -87° to -90°, the limitation due to the side walls will intervene
beyond -45°
With Tilting stop at -5°, -10° ,-20° or -30°, the limitation due to the side walls will
intervene at -6°.

With the focal distance limitation at 115, the outwards movement of the longitudinal
tabletop towards left wall will be limited when the table is tilted between 0° and +45°
and the tube stand movement toward the right side will be limited when in
trendelemburg

Page 30
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

4.5.3. Low ceiling safety (option)

The non-installation of the total safety may cause possible


crashes into the ceiling in case of failure or anomaly.
The installer is held responsible for the non-installation of the
low ceiling safety.

The low ceiling total safety uses a photocell and a reflector.

Fix the total safety and the reflector according to Fig 1 and Fig 2.

<= 4

Reflector

Fig. 1: Low ceiling safety position Fig. 2: Low ceiling safety longitudinal
position

1. With the equipment turned off, move the 25S3-Sw1.4 to OFF (exclusion of the low
ceiling safety)
2. Connect the cable of the low ceiling safety to 25S3-AMP2.
3. Switch the power on.
4. Place an object between the photocell and the reflector.
5. The power supply will be interrupted and the control panel will visualise code 099
on the “layer height” display. All the equipment’s functions will be deactivated.
6. Remove the object: the power-supply will be restored and the equipment will start
functioning again.

Page 31
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

4.6. I.I. configuration

An incorrect selection of the I.I. may involve possible crashes


onto the floor.

The II type is pre-set and should not require any adjustment.

SELECTION OF THE I.I. MODEL code 011

9” I.I. SELECTION value 092


9” I.I. SELECTION WITHOUT HEIGHT LIMITATION value 099
(ONLY FOR PRECISION E VERSIONS)

12” I.I. SELECTION value 122


16” I.I. SELECTION value 016

Verifying the I.I. safety functioning:


1. Switch on the equipment.
2. In manual mode, make the safety intervene.
3. The equipment will automatically switch off and the control panel will display a blinking
code 099; at this point all the movements and functions will be deactivated.
4. Release the safety and the equipment will start functioning again.

N.B. : with 099 value the I.I. safety is not present

4.7. Cassette configuration

An incorrect configuration of the cassettes may cause the non-


acquisition of the cassettes themselves.

CASSETTE CONFIGURATION code 016

CASSETTE IN CM value 001


CASSETTE IN INCHES value 002

It is possible to verify the dimension of the cassette inserted by pressing a


second time the push-button applying to the selected division.

Page 32
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

4.8. SFD configuration


An incorrect configuration may cause mechanical crashes of
the SFD.

The SFD configuration is pre-set and should not require adjustment.

SFD CONFIGURATION code 017

VERTICAL DIVISION SFD value 001


CROSSED DIVISION SFD value 002
WITHOUT SFD value 003

4.9. Collimator configuration

The pre-set value 004 is used only for the system installation to
avoid alarms due to absence of the collimator when the equipment
is switched on.
You cannot use this value with the equipment in application mode.

An incorrect configuration may result in malfunctioning of the


collimator.

COLLIMATOR CONFIGURATION code 019

RALCO COLLIMATOR WITHOUT IRIS value 003


WITHOUT COLLIMATOR value 004
RALCO COLLIMATOR WITH IRIS value 005

Page 33
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

4.10. Patient tabletop configuration

An incorrect configuration may cause a malfunction during the


cassette division, collimation and tomography operations and
may cause mechanical crashes during movement.

PATIENT TABLETOP CONFIGURATION code 020

value 001
FLAT LONGITUDINAL TABLETOP DISPLACEMENT
FLAT FIXED TABLETOP value 002
CONCAVE TABLETOP LONGITUDINAL DISPLACEMENT value 003
CONCAVE FIXED TABLETOP value 004
DISASSEMBLED LONGITUDINAL TABLETOP value 005
ASYMMETRICAL FLAT LONGITUDINAL TABLETOP value 008
ASYMMETRICAL CONCAVE LONGITUDINAL TABLETOP value 009

The value 005 is used only for the initial phase of the installation or
during service in order to avoid the intervention of alarms
(determined by the absence of the longitudinal tabletop) when the
equipment is switched on.
D not use this value with the equipment in application mode. Make
sure to reset the correct value.

4.11. I.I. ascent-descent configuration

The system can be configured so the II moves to the fluoroscopy position (high) or
radiography position (low) at start-up.

In the first case, the image geometry is the priority (usually for digital systems).
In the second case the fluoro-to-rad speed is the priority (usually when using film).

CONFIGURATION FOR I.I. POSITION AT START-UP code 057

I.I. IN FLUOROSCOPY POSITION AT START-UP value 001


I.I. RADIOGRAPHY POSITION AT START UP value 002
FIXED I.I. value 003

Never select value 003 when the I.I. drive is present.

Page 34
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

4.12. Pulsed fluoroscopy configuration (option)

PULSED FLUOROSCOPY CONFIGURATION code 059

PULSED FLUOROSCOPY ACTIVATED value 001


PULSED FLUOROSCOPY NOT ACTIVATED value 002

4.13. Configuration of the SFD speed


The table allows you to select different speeds for the patient longitudinal scanning (SFD)
and angle between SFD and tube. These speeds are as follows:

ƒ NO LIMITATION-SPEED: scanning speed equals 200 mm/sec and angle speed


equals 160 mm/sec.
ƒ ALWAYS LIMITED-SPEED: scanning speed limited to 120 mm/sec and the angle
speed limited to 100 mm/sec.
ƒ LIMITED SPEED ONLY IN FLUOROSCOPY (max/1.5): limits the scanning speed
to 120 mm/sec and angle speed to 100mm/sec when the fluoroscopy foot control
pedal is pressed; speeds equal to no-limitation values otherwise.
ƒ LIMITED SPEED ONLY IN FLUOROSCOPY (max/3): limits the scanning speed to
60mm/sec and angles speed to 60mm/sec when the fluoroscopy foot control pedal
is pressed, speeds equal to no-limitation value otherwise.

SFD SPEED CONFIGURATION code 075

NO LIMITATION-SPEED (max) value 001


LIMITED SPEED (max/1.5) value 002
LIMITED SPEED ONLY IN FLUOROSCOPY (max/1.5) value 003
LIMITED SPEED ONLY IN FLUOROSCOPY (max/3) value 004

4.14. Configuration of the Fixed / Variable Focal distance


The table allows the configuration of both fixed and variable focal distance.

FIXED / VARIABLE FOCAL DISTANCE CONFIGURATION code 076

STEP MOVEMENT FOCAL DISTANCE value 001


FIXED FOCAL DISTANCE value 002
CONTINUOUS MOVEMENT FOCAL DISTANCE value 003

Page 35
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

By selecting the code 076 value 001, acquisitions are allowed only
at three SIDs: 115,135, 150
By selecting the code 076 value 002 the focal distance is fixed at
115cm
By selecting the code 076 value 003, acquisitions are allowed at all
SIDs.

If value 002 is selected make sure that the focal distance is at


115cm.

4.15. P48 push-button function configuration

The function of the P48 push-button of the control panel can be disabled.

This push-button deactivates the automatic stop of the table in the horizontal position,
allowing the tilting from the positive position to the negative position in a continuous
manner. If you deactivate it, the table will always stop in the horizontal position.

P48 PUSH-BUTTON FUNCTION CONFIGURATION code 077

“HORIZONTAL TILTING STOP” FUNCTION ACTIVATED value 001


“HORIZONTAL TILTING STOP” FUNCTION DE-ACTIVATED value 002

P48

Page 36
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

4.16. P29 push-button function configuration


The function of the P29 push-button of the control panel can be modified so as to get the
“Room lighting-system switching on” function or the “Spot-filming programme progression”.
In this second case, if you press the P29 push-button during the execution of a Spot-
filming with divisions selected, the relevant programme will advance one exposure (i.e.
one division location and the value visualised on the “available exposures” display will
decrease.

P29 PUSH-BUTTON FUNCTION CONFIGURATION code 078

“ROOM LIGHTING-SYSTEM” FUNCTION value 001


“SPOT-FILMING PROGRAMME PROGRESSION” FUNCTION value 002

P29

4.17. Longitudinal tabletop displacement configuration

An incorrect longitudinal tabletop displacement selection may


cause crashes of mechanical parts

The table is currently provided with the optional longitudinal tabletop transmission on the
feet-side only. In the future the option of locating the drive on the head-end may be
available

LONGITUDINAL TABLETOP TRANSMISSION CONFIGURATION code 289

DISPLACEMENT TRANSMISSION ON THE FEET-SIDE value 001


DISPLACEMENT TRANSMISSION ON THE HEAD-SIDE value 002

Page 37
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

4.18. Grid movement configuration


An incorrect configuration may cause poor images.

GRID MOVEMENT CONFIGURATION code 79

STOPPED GRID (only parking movement - X-ray place) value 001


MOBILE GRID MOVEMENT IN SGF (radiography on a film) and value 002
FIXED IN DFR (digital )
MOBILE GRID MOVEMENT (both with radiography on a film or with value 003
digital system)
GRID NOT PRESENT (or movement not present) value 004

4.19. Semiautomatic push button in SFD configuration


The semiautomatic push-button functionality can be configured depending on the doctor
preference. Below are the three options for the function when selected.

An incorrect configuration may cause X ray exposure not wanted .

1) Fluoroscopy Collimation = Radiography Collimation:


When moving from fluoroscopy to radiography, the perpendicular collimation in
fluoroscopy (whether adjusted by the user or simply left at the automatic collimation) will
be carried over to radiography, i.e. perpendicular field limits will remain the same as what
was seen on the fluoro image. It is possible to open perpendicular collimation to the film
size by opening the collimator cloche during preparation

2) Perpendicular Side Collimation Open to Film Size in Radiography:


When moving from fluoroscopy to radiography, the perpendicular collimation will adjust
automatically to the film size and any collimation made in fluoroscopy will be lost.

3) Perpendicular Side Collimation Open to Film Size in Radiography if Not Collimated in


Fluoroscopy:
When moving from fluoroscopy to radiography, any perpendicular collimation adjustment
by the user in fluoroscopy will be carried over to radiography, as in option 1). However, if
no adjustment is made to the default collimation during fluoroscopy, then upon moving to
radiography the collimator will automatically adjust to the film size, as in option 2).

4) Collimation opening in perpendicular side to film format selected in radiography if not


collimated in fluoroscopy. When you change from fluoroscopy to radiography mode, each
perpendicular collimation adjusted by the operator in fluoroscopy with the perpendicular
blades, it will be kept in radiography as in the option1) while the ones using the iris blades
will be maintained in radiography as in the option 2). Anyway, if none of the blades
adjustments has been done to the default collimation during the fluoroscopy, by moving in
radiography mode the collimator will be adjusted automatically to the film size, as in option
2)

Page 38
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

SEMIAUTOMATIC PUSH BUTTON CONFIGURATION ON A FILM code 80

FLUOROSCOPY COLLIMATION = TO RADIOGRAPHY value 001


OPENING COLLIMATION IN PERPENDICULAR SIDE ON A FILM value 002
SIZE SELECTED IN RADIOGRAPHY
OPENING COLLIMATION IN PERPENDICULAR SIDE ON A FILM value 003
SIZE SELECTED IN RADIOGRAPHY IF NOT COLLIMATED
OPENING COLLIMATION IN PERPENDICULAR SIDE ON FILM SIZE value 004
SELECTED IN RADIOGRAPHY IF NOT COLLIMATED (the
perpendicular diaphragm opens in radiography to film size if they
haven’t been collimated in fluoroscopy; the iris opens always in
radiography film size)

4.20. Automatic increase in tomography

The automatic increase in tomography automatically adjusts the layer height at the end of
each tomography. This adjustment is set in Service Mode using the code and values
shown below. Pressing the P24 push-button on the control panel activates this function.

LAYER AUTOMATIC INCREASE code 036

AUTOMATIC INCREASE OF 1 MILLIMETER value 001


AUTOMATIC INCREASE OF 2 MILLIMETERS value 002
AUTOMATIC INCREASE OF 3 MILLIMETERS value 003
AUTOMATIC INCREASE OF 4 MILLIMETERS value 004
AUTOMATIC INCREASE OF 5 MILLIMETERS value 005
AUTOMATIC INCREASE OF 6 MILLIMETERS value 006
AUTOMATIC INCREASE OF 7 MILLIMETERS value 007
AUTOMATIC INCREASE OF 8 MILLIMETERS value 008
AUTOMATIC INCREASE OF 9 MILLIMETERS value 009
AUTOMATIC INCREASE OF 10 MILLIMETERS value 010

4.21. Wallstand Configuration

The Precision RXi offers configurations with combinations of wallstand, overhead tube
suspension (OTS) and automatic collimation with cassette sizing.

WALLSTAND CONFIGURATION code 082


WALLSTAND AND TABLE ONLY value 001
WALLSTAND AND OTS AND TABLE value 002
NO WALLSTAND value 003
AUTOMATIC WALLSTAND AND TABLE value 90-300 (see below)

Page 39
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

The value between 90 and 300 corresponds to the focal distance in


cm between the table and wallstand. To determine this focal
distance tilt the table to 90°, move the table focal distance to 115cm
and rotate the tube to 180°(towards the wallstand). Use the
collimator measuring tape to measure the distance from table
collimator to the wallstand potter bucky. This measurement is the
value to be set for automatic wallstand with table.

Page 40
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSIONe SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5. System Calibration

5.1. Keyboard knob

The 1S2 board (microprocessor for the keyboard) is provided


with the knob adjustment already executed. An inadequate
adjustment may involve a movement of the axis combined with
the knob.

This procedure is required if the positioner console CPU board is changed and allows the
adjustment of the P44 knob that controls the SFD and the transversal tabletop and P42
knob that controls tilting and elevation.

1. Connect a digital multimeter on the following:


probe: 1S2-U14-19
0V: 1S2-U14-20
2. Adjust 1S2-P1 potentiometer to read 5V±0,1.
Note: During this phase the P42 and P44 knobs of the control panel MUST NOT be
moved.
3. Check that the following LEDs are switched off: 25S3-Lv62, Lv68, Lv61, Lv60, Lv65
(activation of the motor gears applying to tilting, elevation, stand, SFD, tabletop
movements)

CN2 CN4
CN1 CN3
U7 - 1
U7 CN5
1S1
U14 - 19

U14 - 20

U14 1S2

P1
CN6

TAKE ADEQUATE PRECAUTIONS WHILE HANDLING ELECTRONIC BOARDS.

Page 41
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.2. Tilting
During this phase the axis movements are free and not subject
to the software control.
Pay your best attention while moving the axis in this situation.

After replacing the motor or tilting reduction gear and/or each time the potentiometer is
removed from its housing, repeat the connection of the potentiometer with the mechanical
axis and then repeat the acquisition of the values applying to the reference and end-of-
stroke.
Should an adjustment be necessary, execute the following procedure.

5.2.1. Movement direction verification

To verify the proper connection of the tilting components, the Service Mode can be used.

TILTING TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 001

VERIFICATION OF THE TILTING TRANSMISSION value 001

• Using the tableside keyboard verify that the P44A push-button commands the
counter-clockwise tilting movement, that the P44C push-button commands the
clockwise tilting movement and that P39 increasing displacement movement.
• Otherwise, inspect the wiring of 3Mt1 motor (drawing 55169 f.4+)

P44C P39

P44A
Tableside keyboard

Page 42
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.2.2. Potentiometer 3Pt1

5.2.2.1. Reference position

1. Move the table to 0° tilting angle (horizontal), verifying with a level or by measuring
the distance between the tabletop and the floor on both ends and ensuring they are
equal.
2. With Teleservice:
a. Enter Service Mode
b. Go to code 001
c. Verify voltage displayed is 5Vcc+/-0.05
3. Without Teleservice
a. Switch off the equipment
b. Connect a digital multimeter between:
Vcc probe: 25S1-TP2.1A -INAN1A
0V probe: 25S1-TP2.17/18A -0V15
c. Switch on the equipment
d. Verify that the voltage value on the cursor is of 5Vcc+/-0,05
4. To correct the voltage value:
a. Slightly loosen the two socket-head screws fixing the support square of the
potentiometer.
b. Turn the potentiometer gear so as to get the proper reading.
c. Connect the potentiometer gear with the reduction unit gear.
d. Fix the support square again Using the screws that were loosened previously.
5. After completing the whole procedure, switch on the equipment and verify the
proper position of the potentiometer by executing the following operations:
a. Command the clockwise tilting → the voltage displayed in Teleservice or on
the multimeter shall increase.
b. Command a counter-clockwise tilting → the voltage displayed in Teleservice
or on the multimeter shall decrease.

Check the entire potentiometer gear connections stroke. The


lack of potentiometer gear connections backlash can cause the
potentiometer cursor mechanical wearing/breaking. On the
other hand, too much backlash can cause bad potentiometer
functioning

Page 43
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Tilting transmission
T30cs – T90cs – T90ce

Tilting elevation staring quote

Figure 3

Page 44
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.2.2.2. Setting potentiometer ends

During the movements of the axis Using the Service Mode, the
operator is responsible for possible damages caused by wrong
operations.

1. Move the table to +90° tilting angle, verifying with a level or using the
measurements shown on Figure 3
2. Should not it be possible to reach the value indicated:
a. Enter the Service Mode
b. Select code 001 value 002
c. Using the P44C push-button on the remote-keyboard, command the
movement until you reach the value indicated.
d. Save the setting.
3. Move the table to the -90° tilting angle, verifying with a level or using the
measurements shown on Figure 3
4. Should not it be possible to reach the value indicated:
a. Enter the Service Mode
b. Select code 001 value 001.
c. Using the P44A push-button on the remote-keyboard, command the
movement until you reach the value indicated.
d. Save the setting
5. Verify that the stops on the end-of-strokes +90°, -90°, 0° are correct, otherwise
repeat the procedure for the acquisition of the proper end-of-strokes.
P44C P39

P44A
Tableside keyboard

The value applying to the horizontal stop is calculated by the


software controlling the equipment and does not require any
adjustments.

Page 45
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.2.3. Motor control board: 23S1 operation unit

If the motor control board is replaced, the procedures in this subsection should be
performed.

5.2.3.1. Preliminary controls

The board is supplied with a standard TDR resistor of 22kOhm


(corresponding to 3000 RPM with 10v/1000RPM Tachymetric Dynamo)
and a RIP of 22kOhm (safeguards motor against possible
demagnetisation due to peak currents).
5 10 Verify that the resistors are the correct rating and positioned as shown. If
needed, the entire personalization socket can be removed from the old
board and inserted on the new board.

The board is equipped with an internal protection device if the tachymetric dynamo
malfunctions. The motor and the linked electronic devices will be protected against any
lack of power. This protection does not intervene when the dynamo signal is present and a
wrong TDR resistance is inserted.

The converter included in the standard configuration should be supplied with the following
welding points being closed:

Standard closed points

Check that all the terminals are properly closed and visually inspect
the wiring of the operation unit/motor.
The clockwise rotation with positive speed reference is obtained by
ensuring the proper polarities in the connections between the motor
and tachymetric dynamo.
PAY ATTENTION TO THE POWER SUPPLY POLARITY!

Page 46
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.2.3.2. Adjustment trimmer and personalizations

5.2.3.2.1. Speed adjustment

The PID software module executes the speed adjustment. Modifying the VEL
trimmer only changes the DAC voltage; the effective time does not change.
The maximum DAC voltage is 10V, therefore at the maximum speed the DAC
voltage should fall down 9V to ensure adequate margin in the adjustment.

VEL
Adjusting the VEL trimmer clockwise or counter-clockwise will result in a variation in the
speed with a ±20% range.

To set the VEL trimmer:


1. Move SFD to head end of table
2. Connect voltmeter to 25S1-TP1.Van3 and 25S1-TP1.OV15
3. While tilting the table at maximum speed (between 0° and 90°, adjust the trimmer
so that the voltage falls down 9V.
4. Move SFD to foot end of table and repeat Step 3, 0° and - 90° .

Page 47
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.2.3.2.2. Offset adjustment

Only qualified personnel can execute these adjustments!

BIL
Adjusting the BIL trimmer allows the adjustment of possible offsets present in the input
reference (max correction of the reference value: ±200mV).
This converter is supplied with the speed adjustment already executed with tachymetric
dynamo reaction.

To set the BIL trimmer:


1. Move the table tilt to 0°, the column and SFD to the center and the SID to 1150mm.
(this position avoids the intervention of the ceiling curve and I.I. curve protections).
2. Enter Service Mode

TILTING OPERATION ADJUSTMENT code 060

OFFSET ADJUSTMENT value 001

In this mode, the input reference is maintained at zero and the possible presence of
offset may cause the transmission movement.

3. Connect a voltmeter between 23S9MVS1-3 and 23S9MVS1-4.


4. Adjust the BIL trimmer until the voltage reading is 0V.
5. Cancel the setting and exit Service Mode

5.2.3.2.3. Gain and overshoot adjustment

Only qualified personnel can execute these adjustments!

KV
Turn this trimmer clockwise in order to increase the gain and obtain a faster response.

DER
Turn this trimmer clockwise to increase the dampening and reduce overshoot.

To set the KV and DER trimmers:


1. Ensure all the equipment’s transmissions are connected to the motor
2. Connect a 10x probe of a “channel A” memory-oscilloscope (±2V/DIV) to the
23S9MVS1-3 tachymetric dynamo’s signal (the probe mass must be connected to
the 23S9MVS1-4 zero signal).
3. Move the table tilt to 0°, the column and the SFD to the center and SID to 1150mm
(this condition avoids the intervention of the ceiling curve and I.I. curve protections).
4. Turn the ‘DER’ trimmer counter-clockwise.
5. Verify that unexpected tilting motion will not cause any collisions.

Page 48
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

6. Enter Service Mode

TILTING OPERATION ADJUSTMENT code 060

KV AND DER ADJUSTMENT value 002

In this mode the input reference varies, generating a low-frequency and low-
amplitude square- wave signal (0.5 Hz ±1V).

7. Adjust KV and DER trimmers until a signal similar to the one indicated below is
achieved.

Optimal tilting motor signal

8. Exit Service Mode

5.2.4. 3FC1 total safety

This procedure must be performed if the tilting microswitch or any other tilting parts are
replaced.

This verification must be executed without any limitations of the tilting angle.

1. Command a complete clockwise tilting up to the stop onto the +90° end of stroke.
2. Enter the Service Mode and select code 001 and value 002.
3. Using the PP44C push-button of the tableside keyboard, command the 0.5°
movement beyond the end of stroke.
4. Check that the 3Fc1 safety micro switch (Figure 4) intervenes properly. Otherwise
adjust the plate of the clockwise end of stroke so as to obtain the intervention of the
3Fc1 safety micro.
5. While pressing the P1 push-button on the I/O 25S3 (Figure 4) board to release of
the safety intervention, use the PP44A push-button of the tableside keyboard to
command the tilting movement to within its functioning limits.
6. Command a counter-clockwise tilting movement up to the stop onto the –90°end of
stroke.
7. Enter the Service Mode and select code 001 and value 001.
8. Using the PP44A push-button of the tableside keyboard, command the 0.5°
movement beyond the end of stroke.
9. Check that the 3Fc1 safety micro intervenes properly. Otherwise adjust the plate of
the counter-clockwise end of stroke so as to obtain the intervention of the 3Fc1
safety micro.

Page 49
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10. While pressing the P1 push-button on the I/O 25S3 board to release of the safety
intervention, use the PP44C push-button of the tableside keyboard to command the
tilting movement to within its functioning limits.
P44C P39

P44A
Tableside keyboard

P1 push-button 3FC1 micro


Figure 4

Page 50
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.2.5. Tilting degree limitation

The limitation of the tilting degrees must be executed when the end-of-strokes have
already been adjusted according to the previous procedures in this section.

Tilting limitation on the maximum end of strokes can be set using the following codes and
values in Service Mode

+90° TILTING LIMITATION code 013

LIMITATION: +5° value 005


LIMITATION: +10° value 010
LIMITATION: +20° value 020
LIMITATION: +30° value 030
LIMITATION: +45° value 045
LIMITATION: +87° value 087
LIMITATION: +88° value 088
LIMITATION: +89° value 089
LIMITATION: +90° value 090

The values of +5 +10 +20 and +30 are used in case the reverse of the
equipment is in use and in case of tilting limitation due to the small dimensions
of the room.

-90° TILTING LIMITATION code 012

LIMITATION: -5° value 005


LIMITATION: -10° value 010
LIMITATION: -20° value 020
LIMITATION: -30° value 030
LIMITATION: -45° value 045
LIMITATION: -87° value 087
LIMITATION: -88° value 088
LIMITATION: -89° value 089
LIMITATION: -90° value 090

Page 51
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.3. Elevation

5.3.1. Elevation Movement Verification

During this phase the axis movements are free and not subject
to the software control.
Pay your best attention while moving the axis in this situation.

This procedure is required if any of the table elevation components are replaced.

Using Service Mode, the connection and operation of the elevation assembly can be
verified.

ELEVATION TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 002

VERIFICATION OF THE MOVEMENT DIRECTION value 001

1. Using the tableside keyboard, check that the P44B push-button commands the
upward elevation and that P44D push-button commands the downward movement.
P67 will increase the speed of displacement.
2. If the verification fails, inspect the wiring of the 3Mt2 motor (drawing 55169f.5+)
3. Exit Service Mode
P67 P44B

P44D
Tableside keyboard

Page 52
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.3.2. Potentiometer 3Pt2

5.3.2.1. Reference position

1. With the table to the horizontal position, the elevation group must be moved so that
C=136 +/-1 mm according to Figure 5
2. Switch off the equipment.
3. With Teleservice:
a. Enter Service Mode
b. Go to code 002
c. Verify voltage displayed is 5Vcc+/-0.05
4. Without Teleservice
a. Switch off the equipment
b. Connect a digital multimeter between:
c. Vcc probe: 25S1-TP2.2A -INAN2A
0V probe: 25S1-TP2.17/18A -0V15
d. Switch on the equipment
e. Verify that the voltage value on the cursor is of 5Vcc+/-0,05
5. If the verification fails:
a. Slightly loosen the two socket-head screws fixing the support square of the
potentiometer.
b. Turn the potentiometer gear so as to get the proper reading.
c. Connect the potentiometer gear with the reduction unit gear.
d. Fix the support square again Using the screws that were loosened previously.
6. After completing the whole procedure, switch on the equipment and verify the
proper position of the potentiometer by executing the following operations:
a. Command an upward elevation → the voltage on the multimeter shall
increase.
b. Command a downward movement → the voltage on the multimeter shall
decrease.

Check the entire potentiometer gear connections stroke. The lack of


potentiometer gear connections backlash can cause the
potentiometer cursor mechanical wearing /breaking. On the other
hand, too much backlash can cause bad potentiometers functioning

Page 53
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Figure 5
5.3.2.2. Potentiometer ends

During the movements of the axis Using the Service Mode, the
operator shall be responsible for possible damages caused by
wrong operations.

1. Command the upwards elevation so that C=254+/-1mm according to Figure 5.


2. Should not it be possible to reach the value indicated:
a. Enter the Service Mode.
b. Select code 002 value 002.
c. Using the P44B push-button on the tableside keyboard, command the
movement in order to reach the value indicated.
d. Save the setting.
3. Command a downwards movement so that C=19 +/-1mm according to Figure 5.
4. Should not it be possible to reach the value indicated:
a. Enter the Service Mode
b. Select code 002 value 001
c. Using the P44D push-button on the tableside keyboard, command the
movement in order to reach the value indicated.
d. Save the setting.

Page 54
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

P67 P44B

P44D
Tableside keyboard
5. Verify in normal mode that the stops on the relevant end-of-strokes correspond to
the values set.

The stand vertical position stop value is calculated by the


equipment software and doesn’t need any adjustment

5.3.3. Motor control board: 22S2 operation unit

5.3.3.1. Preliminary controls


The standard operation unit supplied is characterised by the following features:
Rated current and peak current delivered by the converter: corresponding to the size of the
operation gear B20/40 = 40A peak current 20A at return.
Reaction for the tachymetric dynamo.

On elevating models, the board is supplied with a standard TDR resistor


of 22kOhm (corresponding to 3000 RPM with 10v/1000RPM Tachymetric
Dynamo) and a RIP of 56kOhm (safeguards motor against possible
demagnetisation due to peak currents).
5 10 Verify that the resistors are the correct rating and positioned as shown. If
needed, the entire personalization socket can be removed from the old
board and inserted on the new board.

The board is equipped with an internal protection device if the tachymetric dynamo
malfunctions. The motor and the linked electronic devices will be protected against any
lack of power. This protection does not intervene when the dynamo signal is present and a
wrong TDR resistance is inserted.

The converter included in the standard configuration should be supplied with the following
welding points being closed:

Page 55
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Standard closed points

Check that all the terminals are properly closed and visually inspect
the wiring of the operation unit/motor.
The clockwise rotation with positive speed reference is obtained by
ensuring the proper polarities in the connections between the motor
and tachymetric dynamo.
PAY ATTENTION TO THE POWER SUPPLY POLARITY!

5.3.3.2. Adjustment trimmer and personalizations

Page 56
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.3.3.3. Speed adjustment

The PID software module executes the speed adjustment.


Modifying the VEL trimmer only changes the DAC voltage; the
effective time does not change. The maximum DAC voltage is
10V, therefore at the maximum speed the DAC voltage should fall
under 9V to ensure adequate margin in the adjustment

VEL
Adjusting the VEL trimmer clockwise or counter-clockwise will result in a variation in the
speed with a ±20% range.

To set the VEL trimmer:


1. Move SFD to head end of the table
2. Connect voltmeter to 25S1-TP1.Van4 and 25S1-TP1.OV15
3. While elevating the table at maximum speed, adjust the trimmer so that the voltage
falls under 9V.
4. Move SFD to foot end of table and repeat Step 3.

5.3.3.4. Offset adjustment

Only qualified personnel can execute these adjustments!

BIL
Offset adjustment. This trimmer allows the adjustment of possible offsets present in the
input reference (max correction of the reference value: ±200mV).
This converter is supplied with the speed adjustment already executed with tachymetric
dynamo reaction.

To set the BIL trimmer:


1. Move the table tilt to 0°, the column and SFD to the center and the SID to 1150mm.
(this position avoids the intervention of the ceiling curve and I.I. curve protections).
2. Enter Service Mode

ELEVATION OPERATION ADJUSTMENT code 061

OFFSET ADJUSTMENT value 001

In this mode, the input reference is maintained at zero and the possible presence of
offset may cause the transmission movement.

Page 57
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

1. Connect a voltmeter between 22S9MVS2-3 and 22S9MVS2-4.


2. Adjust the BIL trimmer until the voltage reading is 0V.
3. Cancel the setting and exit Service Mode

5.3.3.5. Gain and overshoot adjustment

Only qualified personnel can execute these adjustments!

KV
Turn this trimmer clockwise in order to increase the gain and obtain a faster response.

DER
Turn this trimmer clockwise to increase the dampening and reduce overshoot.

To set the KV and DER trimmers:


1. Ensure all the equipment’s transmissions are connected to the motor
2. Connect a 10x probe of a “channel A” memory-oscilloscope (±2V/DIV) to the
22S9MVS2-3 tachymetric dynamo’s signal (the probe mass must be connected to
the 22S9MVS2-4 zero signal).
3. Move the table tilt to 0°, the column and the SFD to the center and SID to 1150mm
(this condition avoids the intervention of the ceiling curve and I.I. curve protections).
4. Turn the ‘DER’ trimmer counter-clockwise.
5. Verify that unexpected motion will not cause any collisions.
6. Enter Service Mode

ELEVATION OPERATION ADJUSTMENT code 061

KV AND DER ADJUSTMENT value 002

In this mode the input reference varies, generating a low-frequency and low-
amplitude square- wave signal (0.5 Hz ±1V).

7. Adjust KV and DER trimmers until a signal similar to the one indicated below is
achieved.

Optimal tilting motor signal

8. Exit Service Mode

Page 58
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.3.4. 3FC2 safety

1. Command an upward elevation up to the stop onto the end of stroke.


2. Enter the Service Mode and select code 002 and value 002.
3. Using the P44B push-button of the tableside keyboard lead the movement 3mm
beyond the value of the end of stroke.
4. Check that the 3Fc2 safety micro switch (Figure 4) intervenes properly. Otherwise
adjust the plate of the upper end of stroke so as to obtain the intervention of the
3Fc2 safety micro.
5. While pressing the P1 push-button on the I/O 25S3 (Figure 4) board to release of
the safety intervention, use the PP44D push-button of the tableside keyboard to
command the elevating movement to within its functioning limits.
6. Exit Service Mode.
7. Command the downward movement up to the stop onto the end of stroke.
8. Enter the Service Mode and select code 002 and value 001.
9. Using the P44D push-button of the tableside keyboard lead the movement 3mm
beyond this end of stroke.
10. Check that the 3Fc2 safety micro switch (Figure 6) intervenes properly. Otherwise
adjust the plate of the clockwise end of stroke so as to obtain the intervention of the
3Fc2 safety micro.
11. While pressing the P1 push-button on the I/O 25S3 (Figure 6) board to release of
the safety intervention, use the PP44B push-button of the tableside keyboard to
command the elevating movement to within its functioning limits.

P1 push-button
3Fc2 micro
Figure 6

Page 59
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.4. Stand
During this phase the axis movements are free and not subject to
the software control.
Pay your best attention while moving the axis in this situation.

After replacing either the motor or the reduction gear of the stand and/or each time the
potentiometer is removed from its housing, repeat the connection of the potentiometer with
the mechanical axis and then repeat again the acquisition of the ends-of-strokes values.

5.4.1. Verification of the transmission movement direction

To verify the proper connection of the stand components, the Service Mode can be used.

STAND TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 003

VERIFICATION OF THE MOVEMENT DIRECTION value 001

ƒ Using the tableside keyboard, check that the P44A push-button commands the
stand leftwards movement and that P44C push-button commands the stand
rightwards movement, P39 increases displacement speed movement
ƒ If the verification fails, inspect the wiring of the 3Mt3 motor (drawing 55169f.5+).

P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

5.4.2. Reference Potentiometer 3Pt3

5.4.2.1. Reference Position

1. Move the table to the horizontal position.


2. Move the stand so that it is centered within the table frame.
3. With Teleservice:
a. Enter Service Mode
b. Go to code 003
c. Verify voltage displayed is 5Vcc+/-0.05
4. Without Teleservice
a. Switch off the equipment
b. Connect a digital multimeter between:

Page 60
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

c. Vcc probe: 25S1-TP2.3A -INAN2A


0V probe: 25S1-TP2.17/18A -0V15
d. Switch on the equipment
e. Verify that the voltage value on the cursor is of 5Vcc+/-0,05
5. If the verification fails:
a. Slightly loosen the two socket-head screws fixing the support square of the
potentiometer.
b. Turn the potentiometer gear so as to get the proper reading.
c. Connect the potentiometer gear with the reduction unit gear.
d. Fix the support square again Using the screws that were loosened previously.
6. After completing the whole procedure, switch on the equipment and verify the
proper position of the potentiometer by executing the following operations:
a. Command a rightwards angle → the voltage on the multimeter shall increase.
b. Command a leftwards angle → the voltage on the multimeter shall decrease.

Check the entire potentiometer gear connections stroke. The


lack of potentiometer gear connections backlash can cause the
potentiometer cursor mechanical wearing /breaking. On the
other hand, too much backlash can cause bad potentiometers
functioning

5.4.2.2. Potentiometer ends

During the movements of the axis Using the Setup procedure,


the operator shall be responsible for possible damages caused
by wrong operations.

1. Move the table to the horizontal position, the stand being in the centered position
and the SFD onto the right end-of-stroke.
2. Move the stand to the right until distance X (but on the opposite side) shown in
Figure 7 is equal to 15±2mm.
3. Should not it be possible to reach the value indicated:
a. Enter the Service Mode
b. Select code 003 value 002.
c. Using the P44C push-button on the tableside keyboard, command the
movement up to get the indicated value.
d. Save the setting.
4. Move the table to the horizontal position, the stand being in the centered position
and the SFD onto the left end-of-stroke.
5. Move the stand to the left until distance X shown in Figure 7 is equal to 15±2mm.
6. Should not it be possible to get the value indicated:
a. Enter the Service Mode.
b. Select code 003 value 001.
c. Using the P44D push-button of the remote keyboard, command the
movement up to get the indicated value

Page 61
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSIONe SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

d. Save the setting.


7. Exit Service Mode
8. Verify that the stops onto both the right and left end-of-strokes are correct;
otherwise repeat the acquisition of the end-of-stroke values.

P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

The value of the stop in the vertical position is calculated by the


software controlling the equipment and does not need any
adjustments.

When the axis is placed in ether the left or right


ATTENTION! end-of-stroke, the rubber protection gets
compressed for almost 1 cm.

Figure 7

Page 62
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.4.3. Motor Control Board - 23S3 operation unit

If the motor control board is replaced, the procedures in this subsection should be
performed.

5.4.3.1. Preliminary controls

The board is supplied with a standard TDR resistor of 32kOhm


(corresponding to 4000 RPM with 10v/1000RPM Tachymetric Dynamo)
and no RIP resistor.
Verify that the resistor is the correct rating and positioned as shown. If
needed, the entire personalization socket can be removed from the old
board and inserted on the new board.

The board is equipped with an internal protection device if the tachymetric dynamo
malfunctions. The motor and the linked electronic devices will be protected against any
lack of power. This protection does not intervene when the dynamo signal is present and a
wrong TDR resistance is inserted.

The converter included in the standard configuration should be supplied with the following
welding points being closed:

Standard closed points

Check that all the terminals are properly closed and visually inspect
the wiring of the operation unit/motor.
The clockwise rotation with positive speed reference is obtained by
ensuring the proper polarities in the connections between the motor
and tachymetric dynamo.

PAY ATTENTION TO THE POWER SUPPLY POLARITY!

Page 63
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.4.3.2. Adjustment trimmer and personalizations

5.4.3.3. Speed adjustment

The PID software module executes the speed adjustment.


Modifying the VEL trimmer only changes the DAC voltage; the
effective time does not change. The maximum DAC voltage is
10V, therefore at the maximum speed the DAC voltage should fall
under 9V to ensure adequate margin in the adjustment.

VEL
Adjusting the VEL trimmer clockwise or counter-clockwise will result in a variation in the
speed with a ±20% range.

To check the VEL trimmer speed:


5. Tilt table to 90° and move SFD to head end of table
6. Connect voltmeter to 25S1-TP1.Van1 and 25S1-TP1.OV15
7. While moving the stand at maximum speed, check that the voltage falls under 9V.
8. Tilt table to -90°, move SFD to foot end of table and repeat Step 3.
9. To set VEL trimmer please make reference to 5.6.1

Page 64
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.4.3.4. Offset adjustment

Only qualified personnel can execute these adjustments!

BIL
Adjusting the BIL trimmer allows the adjustment of possible offsets present in the input
reference (max correction of the reference value: ±200mV).
This converter is supplied with the speed adjustment already executed with tachymetric
dynamo reaction.

To set the BIL trimmer:


1. Move the table tilt to 0°, the column and SFD to the center and the SID to 1150mm.
(this position avoids the intervention of the ceiling curve and I.I. curve protections).
2. Enter Service Mode

STAND OPERATION ADJUSTMENT code 062

OFFSET ADJUSTMENT value 001

In this mode, the input reference is maintained at zero and the possible presence of
offset may cause the transmission movement.

3. Connect a voltmeter between 22S9MVS3-3 and 22S9MVS3-4.


4. Adjust the BIL trimmer until the voltage reading is 0V.
5. Cancel the setting and exit Service Mode

5.4.3.5. Gain and overshoot adjustment


KV
Turn this trimmer clockwise in order to increase the gain and obtain a faster response.

DER
Turn this trimmer clockwise to increase the dampening and reduce overshoot.

To set the KV and DER trimmers:


1. Ensure all the equipment’s transmissions are connected to the motor
2. Connect a 10x probe of a “channel A” memory-oscilloscope (±2V/DIV) to the
22S9MVS3-3 tachymetric dynamo’s signal (the probe mass must be connected to
the 22S9MVS3-4 zero signal).
3. Move the table tilt to 0°, the column and the SFD to the center and SID to 1150mm
(this condition avoids the intervention of the ceiling curve and I.I. curve protections).
4. Turn the ‘DER’ trimmer counter-clockwise.
5. Verify that unexpected motion will not cause any collisions.
6. Enter Service Mode

STAND OPERATION ADJUSTMENT code 062

KV AND DER ADJUSTMENT value 002

Page 65
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

In this mode the input reference varies, generating a low-frequency and low-
amplitude square- wave signal (0.5 Hz ±1V).

7. Adjust KV and DER trimmers until a signal similar to the one indicated below is
achieved.

Optimal tilting motor signal

8. Exit Service Mode

5.5. Spot Film Device

During this phase the axis movements are free and not subject to
the software control.
Pay your best attention while moving the axis in this situation.

After replacing either the motor or the reduction gear and/or each time the potentiometer is
removed from its housing, repeat the connection of the potentiometer with the mechanical
axis and then repeat again the acquisition of the values applying to the ends-of-strokes.

5.5.1. Verification of the transmission movement direction

To verify the proper connection of the stand components, the Service Mode can be used.

SPOT FILM DEVICE TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 004

VERIFICATION OF THE MOVEMENT DIRECTION value 001

ƒ Using the remote keyboard, check that the P44A push-button commands the SFD
leftwards movement and that P44C push-button commands the SFD rightwards
movement, P39 increases the speed displacement movement
ƒ If the verification fails, inspect the wiring of the 3Mt4 motor (drawing 55169f.7+).

Page 66
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING
P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

5.5.2. SFD Potentiometer - 3Pt4

5.5.2.1. Reference position setting

1. Move the table to the horizontal position.


2. Move the SFD support so it is centered within the table frame.
3. With Teleservice:
a. Enter Service Mode
b. Go to code 003
c. Verify voltage displayed is 5Vcc+/-0.05
4. Without Teleservice
a. Switch off the equipment
b. Connect a digital multimeter between:
c. Vcc probe: 25S1-TP2.4A -INAN2A
0V probe: 25S1-TP2.17/18A -0V15
d. Switch on the equipment
e. Verify that the voltage value on the cursor is of 5Vcc+/-0,05
5. If the verification fail:
a. Slightly unloose the two socket-head screws fixing the support square of the
potentiometer.
b. Turn the potentiometer so as to get the proper reading.
c. Fix the support square again using the screws that were unloosen previously.
6. After completing the whole procedure, switch on the equipment and verify the
proper position of the potentiometer by executing the following operations:
a. Command the SFD rightwards movement → the voltage displayed in
Teleservice or on the multimeter shall increase.
b. Command the SFD leftwards movement → the voltage displayed in
Teleservice or on the multimeter shall decrease.

Check the entire potentiometer gear connections stroke. The


lack of potentiometer gear connections backlash can cause the
potentiometer cursor mechanical wearing /breaking. On the
other hand, too much backlash can cause bad potentiometers
functioning

Page 67
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.5.2.2. Potentiometer ends


During the movements of the axis using the Set up procedure,
the operator shall be responsible for possible damages caused
by wrong operations.

1. Move the table to the horizontal position.


2. Move the SFD-Stand group so the distance X shown in Figure 8 is
ƒ 215±2mm if the longitudinal motor is present at the head end
ƒ 55±2mm if the longitudinal motor is not present at the head end
3. Should not it be possible to get the value indicated:
a. Enter the Service Mode
b. Select code 003 value 001.
c. Using the P44C push-button on the remote keyboard, command the
movement up to get the indicated value.
d. Save the setting.
4. Move the SFD-Stand group so the distance X shown in Figure 9 is
ƒ 215±2mm if the longitudinal drive is present at the foot end
ƒ 55±2mm if the longitudinal drive is not present at the head end
5. Should not it be possible to reach the value indicated:
a. Enter the Service Mode.
b. Select code 003 value 002.
c. Using the P44B push-button of the remote keyboard command the
movement up to get the indicated value.
d. Save the setting.
6. Exit Service Mode and verify that the stops onto both the right and left end-of-
strokes are correct, otherwise repeat the acquisition of the end-of-stroke values.

When the axis is placed in ether the left or right end-of-stroke, the
rubber protection gets compressed for almost 1 cm.

P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

Page 68
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSION e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Distance X is measure from inside surface of table frame to outside


edge of SFD frame

Figure 8

Distance X is measured from inside surface of table frame to outside edge


of SFD frame
Figure 9

Page 69
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.5.3. Motor Control Board - 23S4 Operation unit

5.5.3.1. Preliminary controls

The board is supplied with a standard TDR resistor of 22kOhm


(corresponding to 3000 RPM with 10v/1000RPM Tachymetric Dynamo)
and a RIP of 56kOhm (reduces peak motor current to 30A and
safeguards motor against possible demagnetisation due to peak
5 10 currents).
Verify that the resistors are the correct rating and positioned as shown. If
needed, the entire personalization socket can be removed from the old
board and inserted on the new board.

The board is equipped with an internal protection device if the tachymetric dynamo
malfunctions. The motor and the linked electronic devices will be protected against any
lack of power. This protection does not intervene when the dynamo signal is present and a
wrong TDR resistance is inserted.

The converter included in the standard configuration should be supplied with the following
welding points being closed:

Standard closed points

Check that all the terminals are properly closed and visually inspect
the wiring of the operation unit/motor.
The clockwise rotation with positive speed reference is obtained by
ensuring the proper polarities in the connections between the motor
and tachymetric dynamo.
PAY ATTENTION TO THE POWER SUPPLY POLARITY!

Page 70
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.5.3.2. Adjustment trimmer and personalizations

5.5.3.3. Speed adjustment

The PID software module executes the speed adjustment.


Modifying the VEL trimmer only changes the DAC voltage; the
effective time does not change. The maximum DAC voltage is
10V, therefore at the maximum speed the DAC voltage should fall
under -9V to ensure adequate margin in the adjustment.

VEL
Adjusting the VEL trimmer clockwise or counter-clockwise will result in a variation in the
speed with a ±20% range.

To check the VEL trimmer speed :


1. Tilt table to 90° and move SFD to head end of table
2. Connect voltmeter to 25S1-TP1.Van2 and 25S1-TP1.OV15
3. While moving the SFD at maximum speed, adjust the trimmer so that the voltage
falls under 9V.
4. Tilt table to -90°, move SFD to foot end of table and repeat Step 3.
5. To set VEL trimmer please make reference to 5.6.1

Page 71
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.5.3.4. Offset adjustment

Only Qualified personnel can execute these adjustments!

BIL
Adjusting the BIL trimmer allows the adjustment of possible offsets present in the input
reference (max correction of the reference value: ±200mV).
This converter is supplied with the speed adjustment already executed with tachymetric
dynamo reaction.

To set the BIL trimmer:


1. Move the table tilt to 0°, the column and SFD to the center and the SID to 1150mm.
(this position avoids the intervention of the ceiling curve and I.I. curve protections).
2. Enter Service Mode

SFD OPERATION ADJUSTMENT code 063

OFFSET ADJUSTMENT value 001

In this mode, the input reference is maintained at zero and the possible presence of
offset may cause the transmission movement.

3. Connect a voltmeter between 23S9MVS4-3 and 23S9MVS4-4.


4. Adjust the BIL trimmer until the voltage reading is 0V.
5. Cancel the setting and exit Service Mode

5.5.3.5. Gain and overshoot adjustment


KV
Turn this trimmer clockwise in order to increase the gain of speed phase PI error phase
and obtain a faster response.

DER
Turn this trimmer clockwise to increase the dampening and reduce overshoot.

To set the KV and DER trimmers:


1. Ensure all the equipment’s transmissions are connected to the motor
2. Connect a 10x probe of a “channel A” memory-oscilloscope (±2V/DIV) to the
23S9MVS4-3 tachymetric dynamo’s signal (the probe mass must be connected to
the 23S9MVS4-4 zero signal).
3. Move the table tilt to 0°, the column and the SFD to the center and SID to 1150mm
(this condition avoids the intervention of the ceiling curve and I.I. curve protections).
4. Turn the ‘DER’ trimmer counter-clockwise.
5. Verify that unexpected motion will not cause any collisions.
6. Enter Service Mode

SFD OPERATION ADJUSTMENT code 063

Page 72
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

KV AND DER ADJUSTMENT value 002

In this mode the input reference varies, generating a low-frequency and low-
amplitude square- wave signal (0.5 Hz ±1V).

7. Adjust KV and DER trimmers until a signal similar to the one indicated below is
achieved.

Optimal tilting motor signal

8. Exit Service Mode

5.6. Preliminary tomographic controls

An inadequate offset adjustment may cause differences in the


layer heights among tomographies with the same parameters
but opposite directions.

The following adjustments require X-ray emission. Take


adequate precautions in order to prevent anyone and any part
of your body from being directly or indirectly exposed to X-ray
emissions.

Before starting the adjustment applying to the tomography speed, complete the
adjustments for the Stand Motorization Board – Offsets and the SFD Motorization Board –
Offsets.

5.6.1. Tomography speed adjustment

It is necessary to execute the adjustment of both stand speed and


SFD speed and these adjustments must be further verified with X-
ray emission.

5.6.1.1. Stand speed


The following procedure will adjust the stand speed in order to have a time of 1.3 sec. with
tomography parameters of 40°/1.25s.

Page 73
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

1. Connect a 10x probe of a “channel A” memory-oscilloscope (±2V/DIV, 0.2sec/cm)


to 25S1-TP1-1 (VAN1) and 25S1-TP1-13/14 (0V15)
2. Move the table to the horizontal position and the SFD centered within the table
frame.
3. Move the 25S3-SW1-2 to ON in order to deactivate the intervention of the allarmax
device that intervenes if the stand speed and SFD speed are excessively dephased.
4. Select a 40°, 1.2 sec tomography.
5. Execute a tomography.
6. Verify that the duration of the rectilinear segment of the waveform is 1.3 sec ± 0.05.
7. Should it be necessary to modify the speed, adjust the VEL potentiometer of the
23Az3 operation unit (turn it clockwise to increase the speed, turn it counter-
clockwise to decrease it).

5.6.1.2. SFD speed

To verify that the SFD speed is set correctly:

1. Select a 40°, 1.2 sec tomography with a layer height of 330mm.


2. Execute one full tomography.
3. Taking care to notice the initial movement of the SFD, execute another tomography.
4. If the SFD shifts before beginning the normal tomography motion more than
approximately 5cm, then the SFD was not in the correct position to begin the
second tomography, and therefore the speed of the first tomography was incorrect.
If this is the case, proceed with the following adjustment.
5. Connect a digital voltmeter to the following:
Vcc probe: 25S1-TP2.4A -INAN4A-
0Vprobe: 25S1-TP2.17/18A 0V15-
6. Enter the Service Mode and verify that the value of 005 is selected for both code
049 and code 050.
7. Move the table to the horizontal position and the SFD onto the left end of stroke.
8. Select a 40° tomography and layer height at 330 mm.
9. Execute a Preparation: keep the Preparation push-button pressed and wait until the
reading on the digital multimeter settles; you can now read the voltage of the 3Pt4
potentiometer.
10. Execute two tomographies and, while keeping the radiography push-button pressed,
wait until the reading of the second tomography on the digital multimeter settles:
read the voltage of the 3Pt4 potentiometer.
11. The difference between this reading and the reading of Preparation must be of 5
mVcc.
o Should this difference be lower than 5 mV, turn the Vel trimmer clockwise
(the speed will increase).
o Should the difference be higher than a 5 mV, turn the Vel trimmer counter-
clockwise (the speed will decrease).
12. Repeat the two tomographies and adjust the speed so as to obtain a difference of
±5mV between the reading in Tomography and the reading in Preparation.
13. After completing the adjustment procedure, disconnect the 25S3-SW1-2 allarmax
device.

Page 74
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.6.2. X-ray timing adjustment

This procedure will adjust the X-ray command to the generator to ensure that the X-ray
emission occurs when the displacement is moving at a constant speed.
The precision of the tomographic angle depends on the precision of this adjustment.

1. Connect a 10x probe, 0.5sec/cm, 1V/com oscilloscope as follows:


channel A: probe 25S1-TP1-1 (VAN1) Stand DAC signal
0v: 25S1-TP1-13/14 0V15
channel B: TP8 - time of real kV value of the generator
0v: TP6
2. Select a 40° tomography, 1.25sec on film.
3. Execute a tomography.
4. Check the deviation in mSec between the movement path (stand signal) and the X-
ray emission and note this value.
5. Repeat the same tomography on Digital.
6. Check the deviation in mSec between the movement path (stand signal) and the X-
ray emission and note this value.
7. Enter Service Mode
8. For each code listed below, select the correction value required according to the
diagram below to ensure that the X-Ray signal from the generator is centered within
the Stand dynamo signal.

Note: each value change of 1results in a correction change of 10ms.

D C E A : Stand dynamo signal


B : X-ray signal from the generator
B
C : Beginning of the X-ray emission with
correction 050
D : Beginning of the X-ray emission with
correction 001
A E : Beginning of the X-ray emission with
correction 090

0 10 500 900 ms

Example: if the value 001 is selected and no correction of the time occurs, thus determining the X-
ray emission command at the starting of the tomography, you can select the value 050 and a
500msec-delay of the X-ray command will be realised compared with the signal of the dynamo of
the stand.

TOMOGRAPHY CORRECTION 8°/0.4sec ON FILM code 037


TOMOGRAPHY CORRECTION 8°/0.8sec ON FILM code 038
TOMOGRAPHY CORRECTION 20°/0.6sec ON FILM code 039

Page 75
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

TOMOGRAPHY CORRECTION 20°/1.2sec ON FILM code 040


TOMOGRAPHY CORRECTION 40°/1.2sec ON FILM code 041
TOMOGRAPHY CORRECTION 40°/2.5sec ON FILM code 042
TOMOGRAPHY CORRECTION 8°/0.4sec IN DFR code 043
TOMOGRAPHY CORRECTION 8°/0.8sec IN DFR code 044
TOMOGRAPHY CORRECTION 20°/0.6sec IN DFR code 045
TOMOGRAPHY CORRECTION 20°/1.2sec IN DFR code 046
TOMOGRAPHY CORRECTION 40°/1.2sec IN DFR code 047
TOMOGRAPHY CORRECTION 40°/2.5sec IN DFR code 048

At present the acceleration times in tomography are the same for all the angles/times, this is why
the correction value on the film of any angle/time can be filled, after the relevant verification, for all
the other corrections on the film. In the same manner, the correction value in DFR of an angle/time
can be filled, after the verification, for all the other corrections in DFR.

5.7. Tomographic controls

The following adjustments require X-ray emission. Take


adequate precautions in order to prevent anyone and any part
of your body from being directly or indirectly exposed to X-ray
emissions.

5.7.1. Verification of the tomography using X-ray emission

1. Move the table to the horizontal position.


2. Move the SFD onto 550 mm ± 50 from the external edge of the frame on the feet-
side.
3. Select a 40°/1.2s tomography with layer height of 100mm.
4. Place the tomography phantom on the tabletop centered at 100mm.
5. Insert an 18x24 cm cassette in division by two.
6. Execute two tomographies, one tomography for each direction (the first one from
the head-side to the feet-side, the second one from the feet-side to the head-side)
without changing the angle and layer.
7. Verify the layer height correspondence and note any discrepancy between the two
tomographies.
8. Repeat this procedure for each tomography angle at layers of 40, 100 and 160mm
to determine the average discrepancy.
9. Enter Service Mode
10. Select Code 049 for Tomography Layer Height Adjustment on a film
11. Choose the value required to correct any discrepancy found. Possible values range
from 0 to 10, and each increment in value results in 2mm layer correction.

Example: at value 005 no correction occurs; therefore a value of 001 will affect the
layer by –8mm while a value of 009 will affect the layer by 8mm

12. Save the setting

Page 76
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

13. Exit service mode


14. For digital tomography, repeat the procedure above using Digital mode and Code
050.

5.7.2. Verification of the tomographic automatic increase

The following adjustments require X-ray emission. Take


adequate precautions in order to prevent anyone and any part
of your body from being directly or indirectly exposed to X-ray
emissions.

1. Move the table to the horizontal position.


2. Move the SFD onto 550 mm ± 50 from the external edge of the frame on the feet-
side.
3. Select a 40°/1.2s tomography with layer height of 100mm.
4. Select the automatic increase by pressing the P24 push-button.
5. Place the tomography phantom on the tabletop at the set layer
6. Insert a 40x30 cm cassette in division by four.
7. Execute four tomographies in a sequence without changing the angle and layer.
8. Develop the film and verify that the increase in the layer corresponds to the value
set.

5.8. Longitudinal tabletop


If either the motor or the reduction gear of the longitudinal tabletop is replaced and/or each
time the potentiometer is removed from its housing repeat the connection of the
potentiometer with the mechanical axis and then repeat again the verification of movement
and acquisition of the values applying to the ends-of-strokes.

5.8.1. Verification of the transmission movement direction


During this phase the axis movements are free and not subject to
the software control.
Pay attention while moving the axis in this situation.

1. Enter Service Mode

LONGITUDINAL TABLETOP TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 074

VERIFICATION OF THE MOVEMENT DIRECTION value 001

2. Using the tableside keyboard, check that the P44A push-button commands the
leftward longitudinal tabletop displacement and that P44C push-button commands
the rightward longitudinal tabletop displacement rightwards, P39 increases speed
displacement movement.

Page 77
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

3. If this verification fails, inspect the wiring of the 3Mt17 motor (drawing 55169f.6bis+).
4. Cancel the setting
5. Exit service mode

P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

5.8.2. Potentiometer 3Pt17

5.8.2.1. Reference potentiometer position setting

Normally the reference potentiometer does not require any adjustments, unless it gets
damaged and/or must be replaced.

1. Move the table to the horizontal position.


2. In case of tabletop with symmetrical stroke:
move the longitudinal tabletop in a centred position compared with the table frame,
In case of a tabletop with asymmetrical stroke:
move the longitudinal tabletop to the left side until 355+/-2mm beyond the frame
central position (Make reference to the Figure 12 and Figure 13)
3. With Teleservice:
a. Enter Service Mode
b. Go to code 074
c. Verify voltage displayed is 5Vcc+/-0.05
4. Without Teleservice
a. Switch off the equipment
b. Connect a digital multimeter between:
c. Vcc probe: 25S1-TP2.6A -INAN6A
0V probe: 25S1-TP2.17/18A -0V15
d. Switch on the equipment
e. Verify that the voltage value on the cursor is of 5Vcc+/-0,05
5. If the verification fails:
a. Slightly loosen the two socket-head screws fixing the support square of the
potentiometer.
b. Turn the potentiometer gear so as to get the proper reading.
c. Connect the potentiometer gear with the reduction unit gear.
d. Fix the support square again using the screws that were loosened previously.
6. After completing the whole procedure, switch on the equipment and verify the
proper position of the potentiometer by executing the following operations:

Page 78
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

a. Command a rightward tabletop longitudinal displacement → the voltage on


the multimeter shall increase.
b. Command a leftward tabletop longitudinal displacement → the voltage on the
multimeter shall decrease.

5.8.2.2. Potentiometer ends

During the movements of the axis using the Setup procedure,


the operator shall be responsible for possible damages caused
by wrong operations.

1. Move the table to the horizontal position and the stand to the centered position.

2. In case of a tabletop with symmetrical stroke:


Move the tabletop to the right side until it will reach 475+/-2mm beyond the frame
centred position (Figure 10)
In case of a tabletop with asymmetrical stroke:
Move the tabletop to the right side until it will reach 150+/-2mm beyond the centred
position

It should not be possible to reach the value indicated


a. Enter the Service Mode
b. Select code 074 value 002.
c. Using the PP44C push-button on the remote keyboard, command the
movement up to reach the indicated value.
d. Save the new setting
3. Move the table to the horizontal position, the stand being in the centred position
In case of a tabletop with symmetrical stroke:
4. Move the tabletop to the left side until it will reach 475+/-2mm beyond the centred
position (Figure 10)
In case of a tabletop with asymmetric stroke:
Move the tabletop to the left side until it will reach 860+/-2mm beyond the central
position (Figura 11)
5. Should not it be possible to reach the value indicated:
a. Enter the Service Mode.
b. Select code 074 value 001.
c. Using the PP44A push-button of the remote keyboard command the
movement up to reach the indicated value.
d. Save the setting.
e. Exit Service Mode.
6. Verify that the stops onto both the right and left end-of-strokes are correct,
otherwise repeat the acquisition of the end-of-stroke values.
7.

Page 79
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

The value of the stop in the central position of the longitudinal


tabletop is calculated by the software controlling the
equipment and does not need any adjustments.

Figure 10

Figure 11

5.8.3. 23S3 operation unit

The operation unit of the longitudinal tabletop is shared with the


stand movement.
Possible adjustments executed on the operation gear must be
executed only according to the instructions applying to the Stand.

Page 80
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.9. Focal Distance

5.9.1. Motor control board - 24S7 operation unit

The operation unit 24S7 is shared with the I.I. movement

BEFORE REMOVING THE OPERATION UNIT FROM THE RACK,


PLEASE MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE LEDS ON THE FRONT
SIDE ARE SWITCHED OFF. DO NOT EXECUTE ANY SETTINGS
WHEN THE EQUIPMENT IS SWITCHED ON.

5.9.1.1. Fundamental settings

The fundamental settings must be verfied by qualified


personnel at the installation or when a replacement is going to
be executed relating to the kind of motor in use and its
application.
Wrong settings may cause failures and damages, as well as a
possible bad functioning.

JUMPERS
Verify the following settings:

Page 81
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

DRF: CLOSED
FC: OPENED
DO/UP: CLOSED on UP (ON input NPN)
12/5: CLOSED on 12 (ON working in input at12V)

The jumpers DO/UP and 12/5 must be put in one or the other
possible position. The operation unit doesn’t work in case of
different jumper combinations.

DIP SWITCHES
Verify the following settings:

6,7A
Equalizzazione

3200 passi

5.9.2. Verification of the transmission movement direction

During this phase the axis movements are free and not subject to
the software control.
Pay your best attention while moving the axis in this situation.

1. Power ON and enter Service Mode

FOCAL DISTANCE TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 064

VERIFICATION OF THE MOVEMENT DIRECTION value 002

2. Using the remote keyboard, check that the P44D push-button commands the focal
distance downward movement and that P44B push-button commands the focal
distance upward movement.
3. If this verification fails check the wirings of the motor phases (dis. 55169 f.15+)

Page 82
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

5.9.3. Zero position of the 3FC5 reference photocell

1. Move the table to the horizontal position.


2. Enter Service Mode

FOCAL DISTANCE TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 064

END OF STROKE VERIFICATION value 001

1. Move the SID to its minimum value


2. Verify that the tops of the two telescoping sections of the tube stand that allow for
the adjustable SID are flush.

a. Note the position of the micro switches (Figure 12) with respect to the
positioning block in order to recognize the position where the micro switches
is tripped.
b. Move the SID so that the two telescoping sections are flush.
c. Loosen the two screws and adjust micro switches the so that the sensor is
tripped when at this SID.
d. Tighten the screws.
e. Exit Service Mode

Note: All other SID settings are with respect to minimum SID and therefore cannot be
adjusted.

Page 83
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Figure 12

5.10. Collimator
5.10.1. Potentiometer ends

1. Move the table to the horizontal position


2. Enter the Service Mode
3. Select Code 005
4. Select Value 001
5. Manually close the parallel blades as far as possible.
6. Save the setting
7. Select Value 002
8. Manually open the blades as far as possible.
9. Save the setting.
10. Repeat the procedure for the perpendicular blades using Code 006.
11. Repeat the procedure for iris blades using Code 007 and P31 and P32 to move the
iris blades.

5.10.2. Alignments and centerings

The following adjustments require X-ray emissions. Take


adequate precautions in order to prevent anyone and any part
of your body from being directly or indirectly exposed to X-
rays.

1. Move the table to the horizontal position, SID 115 cm, stand and SFD centred.
2. Place a 24x30 cm cassette on the tabletop.

Page 84
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

3. Using the collimator light, center the cassette under the X-ray beam.
4. Open the collimator blades in order to have a 18x22 cm field on the tabletop and
position 16 ø8mm washers on the edges of the luminous field and 1 ø4mm washer
as shown in Figure 13.
5. Each pair of the ø8mm washers must be positioned in order for the pair inside the
beam to be lit up as much as possible and the pair outside the luminous beam to be
lit up as little as possible. The remaining ø4mm washer is used for ensuring the film
orientation.
6. Execute a radiography and develop the film.

Figure 13 - Position of the reference washers


5.10.2.1. Collimator to Focal Spot Alignment (Primary shutter cut-off)

1. Inspect the images of the four collimator blades that form the edges of the x-ray
field on the image acquired above. An indistinct edge indicates that the primary
shutter, closest to the focal spot, is the one forming the line, rather than the
outermost shutter.
2. To correct the condition, remove the collimator, manually ensure that the primary
shutter (cone) is completely open and reinstall the collimator.

NOTE: The heel effect will cause the field toward the cathode to be slightly less sharp than
on the other three sides. This is normal and cannot be corrected by adjustment. In
addition, an x-ray tube of 12 ° or less target angle will produce an asymmetrically shaped
field when a large field size is used at short FFD (SID), because of anode cut-off effect.
This is normal and may not be corrected by adjustment.

Page 85
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.10.2.2. Light field to X-ray Field Alignment.


1. Measure the misalignment of light field (indicated by the tangency of each washer
pair) to X-ray field (indicated by the collimator blades) on the film acquired above.
2. Misalignment in the longitudinal or transversal direction cannot exceed 2% of SID
(23mm at 115cm SID).
3. If the misalignment exceeds the limit, proceed as follows:
4. Place the test film on the tabletop and align it so that the collimator light edges align
with the washer pair tangencies (duplicate original position).
5. If the transversal direction needs to be adjusted:
a. Remove the small plate from the side of the collimator (Figure 14)
b. Loosen the locking screws to allow the adjuster cam to turn
c. Turn the cam to adjust the mirror to the desired position.
d. Tighten the screws and replace the plate
6. If the longitudinal direction needs to be adjusted:
a. Remove the collimator rear cover and dissipater (Figure 14)
CAUTION: Do not touch the lamp, socket or lamp bracket as they can be
very hot
b. Loosen the four lamp-support screws
c. Adjust the lamp to the position using the hexagonal screw on the side of the
lamp
d. Tighten the four screws
e. Replace the dissipater and cover.

Mirror
adjustment

Figure 14

5.10.2.3. Alignment of collimator crosshair

1. Switch on the collimator light.


2. Close the blades so as to have a “stripe” of light in the two directions alternatively as
shown in Figure 15.
3. Verify that the projected lines of the crosshairs are centered within the luminous stripe.
4. Should an adjustment be necessary:

Page 86
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

a. Remove the lower cover of the collimator


b. Loosen the four screws fixing the transparent plastic panel to the collimator
c. Position the panel to center the crosshairs inside the luminous stripe
d. Tighten the four screws that were previously loosen ed
e. Replace the cover.

Figure 15

5.10.2.4. Substitution of the lamp

WARNING: DO NOT IMMEDIATELY TOUCH THE DISSIPATOR


WITH YOUR FINGERS AS IT COULD BE HOT AND CAUSE
SEVERE BURNS

WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE LAMP, SOCKET OR LAMP


BRACKET WITH YOUR FINGER AS THEY CAN BE VERY HOT
AND CAUSE SEVERE BURNS

1. Disconnect supply.
2. Remove the collimator back panel.
3. Remove the lamp protection dissipater.
4. Carefully remove the faulty lamp.
5. Substitute the lamp with an identical lamp.
6. Make sure that the lamp pins are completely inserted in the lamp holder.
7. Check on light field/x-ray field correspondence.
8. If necessary remove the lamp, rotate it 180° axially and re-insert.

Page 87
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.10.3. Adjustment for over-collimation on film

Before starting the alignment operations verify the centering of


the longitudinal cassette-holder and transversal cassette-holder

This adjustment allows you to execute an over-collimation or under-collimation of the


collimator apertures when working with an X-ray cassette.

This adjustment can only be executed after the adjustment of the potentiometer end points.

1. Move the tube to minimum SID, i.e. SID = 115cm


2. Insert an empty 18x24 cm cassette into the cassette tray.
3. Place a 24x30 cm cassette containing film on the tabletop.
4. Center the collimator light projection onto the cassette.
5. Execute a radiography.
6. Repeat the whole operation with 43x35 cm cassettes in cassette tray and on tabletop.
7. Develop the films.
8. Measure the field shown on the films, finding A and B shown below.
9. To find the effective field size at the SFD that corresponds to the measurements A and
B, use the following formula:
a. Effective field size = __A x SID_ SID - TFD

Tabletop TFD
(Tabletop-to-Film
A distance)
B Concave fixed 78mm
Flat fixed 95mm
Concave with longitudinal displacement 81mm
Flat with longitudinal displacement 98mm

Example: 18X24 cm cassette


SID = 1150mm
Concave fixed table, TFD = 78mm
A = 170 mm

Effective field size = (180x1150)/(1150-78) = 182mm

10. Verify that the effective field size is not less than the actual cassette specification and
not more than the actual cassette dimension + 2% SID.

Actual Cassette Specification Maximum Allowable Field @ 115cm SID


180mm 203mm

Page 88
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

240mm 263mm
430mm 453mm
350mm 373mm

11. If the effective field size is beyond the allowable limits, proceed as follows.
a. Enter Service Mode

CORRECTION OF THE OVER-COLLIMATION ON THE Code 021


FILM – PARALLEL SIDE
CORRECTION OF THE OVER-COLLIMATION ON THE Code 022
FILM – PERPENDICULAR SIDE
CORRECTION OF THE OVER COLLIMATION ON THE Code 023
FILM IRIS

b. Select the value corresponding to the correction required for each pair of
blades. Each increment of 1 in the value represents an increment of 0.1mm
in correction. The allowable values range from 10 to 500.

Example: if a value 010 results in the aperture on film of 180 mm, if you select value 500
you will obtain an aperture of 220 mm ( the collimation increase)
c. Save each setting
d. Exit Service Mode
e. Repeat the test again to verify that the field is within the allowable range.

5.10.4. Adjustment for under-collimation on I.I.

The following adjustments require X-ray emissions. Take


adequate precautions in order to prevent anyone and any part
of your body from being directly or indirectly exposed to X-
rays.

This adjustment can only be executed after the adjustment of the potentiometer end
points.

1. The collimator blades should be positioned to produce an image similar to that shown
below.

Page 89
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Without iris With iris

2. In Service Mode adjust the value for each code below to produce the desired image.
3. Each value increment corresponds to 0.1 mm of image correction.

Example: considering that with value 500 the aperture is 230 mm on I.I. size of 9”, if you
select value 010 you will obtain an aperture of 190 mm (the collimation decreases).

UNDER-COLLIMATION CORRECTION ON I.I. – code 024


PARALLEL SIDE FULL FIELD
UNDER-COLLIMATION CORRECTION ON I.I. – code 025
PERPENDICULAR SIDE FULL FIELD
UNDER-COLLIMATION CORRECTION ON I.I. – IRIS code 026
FULL FIELD
UNDER-COLLIMATION CORRECTION ON I.I. – code 027
PARALLEL SIDE 1ST MAGNIFICATION
UNDER-COLLIMATION CORRECTION ON I.I. – code 028
PERPENDICULAR SIDE 1ST MAGNIFICATION
UNDER-COLLIMATION CORRECTION ON I.I. – IRIS code 029
1ST MAGNIFICATION
UNDER-COLLIMATION CORRECTION ON I.I. – code 030
PARALLEL SIDE 2ND MAGNIFICATION
UNDER-COLLIMATION CORRECTION ON I.I. – code 031
PERPENDICULAR SIDE 2ND MAGNIFICATION
UNDER-COLLIMATION CORRECTION ON I.I. – IRIS code 032
2ND MAGNIFICATION
UNDER-COLLIMATION CORRECTION ON I.I. – code 033
PARALLEL SIDE 3RD MAGNIFICATION
UNDER-COLLIMATION CORRECTION ON I.I. – code 034
PERPENDICULAR SIDE 3RD MAGNIFICATION
UNDER-COLLIMATION CORRECTION ON I.I. – IRIS code 035
3RD MAGNIFICATION

Page 90
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.11. Cassette dimension

5.11.1. Parallel jaws potentiometer – 3Pt10

5.11.1.1. Reference Potentiometer Position

1. Move the table to the vertical position.


2. Move the cassette tray to the loading position.
3. Insert a spacer into the tray that is 332 +/- 5mm in the parallel direction
4. With Teleservice:
a. Enter Service Mode
b. Go to code 008
c. Verify voltage displayed is 5Vcc+/-0.05
5. Without Teleservice
a. Switch off the equipment
b. Connect a digital multimeter between:
For CPU 55361
Vcc probe: 25S1-TP2.IN-AN10
0V probe: 25S1-TP2.0V15
For CPU 55973:
Vcc probe: 25S1-TP2.10A -INAN10A-
0V probe: 25S1-TP2.17/18A -0V15-
c. Switch on the equipment
d. Verify that the voltage value on the cursor is of 5Vcc+/-0.05
6. If the verification fails:
a. Slightly loosen the two socket-head screws fixing the potentiometer. See
Figure 16
b. Turn the potentiometer so as to obtain the proper reading.
c. Tighten the screws.

Page 91
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

3Pt11

3Pt10

Figure 16

5.11.1.2. Potentiometer ends setting

1. Verify that cassette tray is empty and insert tray into table. This will cause cassette
jaws to close completely.
2. Enter Service Mode
3. Select Code 008 and value 001
4. Save setting and exit Service Mode
5. Move the cassette tray to the loading position.
6. Insert a spacer that is 471+/-5mm in the parallel direction to hold the jaws to the most
open position.
7. Enter Service Mode
8. Select Code 008 and value 002
9. Save setting and exit service mode

Page 92
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.11.2. 3Pt11 potentiometer (Perpendicular jaws)

5.11.2.1. Potentiometer reference setting


1. Move the equipment onto the vertical position.
2. Move the cassette tray to the loading position.
3. Insert a spacer into the tray that is 332 +/- 5mm in the perpendicular direction
4. With Teleservice:
a. Enter Service Mode
b. Go to code 009
c. Verify voltage displayed is 5Vcc+/-0.05
5. Without Teleservice
a. Switch off the equipment
b. Connect a digital multimeter between:
c. Vcc probe: 25S1-TP2.IN-AN11
0V probe: 25S1-TP2.0V15
d. Switch on the equipment
e. Verify that the voltage value on the cursor is of 5Vcc+/-0.05
6. If the verification fails:
a. Slightly unloose the two socket-head screws fixing the potentiometer. See
Figure 16
b. Turn the potentiometer so as to obtain the proper reading.

5.11.2.2. Potentiometer ends setting

1. Verify that cassette tray is empty and insert tray into table. This will cause cassette
jaws to close completely.
2. Enter Service Mode
3. Select Code 009 and value 001
4. Save setting and exit Service Mode
5. Move the cassette tray to the loading position.
6. Insert a spacer that is 467+/-5mm in the parallel direction to hold the jaws to the most
open position.
7. Enter Service Mode.
8. Select Code 009 and value 002.
9. Save setting and exit service mode.

Page 93
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.12. Transversal tabletop


5.12.1. Tranversal tabletop motor board - 23S6 operation unit

The operation unit of the transversal tabletop is shared with the


compressor movement.
Possible adjustments of this operation unit must be executed
according to the specifications applying to the Compressor motor
board section.

5.12.2. 3FC11 and 3FC12 ends-of-strokes

5.12.2.1. Microswitches adjustment

In order to execute the adjustment of the end of stroke’s


microswitches, it will be necessary to remove the tabletop from its
housing.
Inadequate operations may cause damages to the microswitches.

1. Remove the ground connection of the tabletop.


2. Remove the 25S3-AMP6 connector (the end-of-strokes will be deactivated).
3. While holding the tabletop by the two ends, command the tabletop outwards
transversal movement until the pinion leaves the rack.
4. Slip the tabletop off the lateral support-bars paying your best attention not to damage
the miscroswitches.
5. Verify the correct correspondence between the 3Fc11end-of-stroke micro and the
relevant 25S3-Lv14 LED.
6. Verify the correct correspondence between the 3Fc12 and the relevant 25S3-Lv13 LED.
7. Fit the tabletop into the lateral support-bars until the pinion reaches its position into the
rack, paying your best attention not to damage the microswitches.
8. Command an inwards movement of the tabletop until the rack engages onto the pinion.
9. Restore the connection of the 25S3-AMP6 connector.
10. Verify that the stops onto the ends-of-strokes are correct (Figure 18).
11. Restore the ground connection of the tabletop.

3Fc12 3Fc11

Figure 17

Page 94
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Figure 18

5.13. Compressor

5.13.1. Compressor motor board - 23S6 operation unit

Qualified personnel must execute these adjustments!


The following specifications apply to the adjustments executed
during the staging of the system.
The 23S6 board supplied already includes these adjustments.

Page 95
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Version 52256B

JUMPERS
J1 = OFF
J2 = OFF
J3 = OFF

5.13.1.1. Braking percentage adjustment


P1 (on the board) – Signal present on CN3-4 Test2
Instrument used: Oscilloscope 50 MHz
probe x 10, time base 1 mSec/cm, amplitude 0.2 V/cm
0V CN3-14
probe CN3-4
Adjust the P1 potentiometer so as to obtain a duty-cycle of 50 %

5.13.1.2. I/V converter gain adjustment


P2 (on the front cover of the board) - Signal present on CN1-AC4
This signal supplies a voltage that is proportional to the current inside the motor.
Instrument used: digital multimeter – electromagnetic ammeter
0V CN3-14
probe CN1-AC4
Place a 10A electromagnetic ammeter in series with the motor.
Activate the operation unit with a speed set equal to 7.5 Vcc
Adjust the P2 potentiometer so as to read a voltage value equal to the current inside the
motor.

5.13.1.3. Rated current adjustment


P3 (on the front cover of the board) – Signal not present on the test point

Page 96
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Instrument used: electromagnetic ammeter – max value 10 A


Place a 10A electromagnetic ammeter in series with the motor.
Block the motor rotor.
Activate the operation unit with a speed set equal to 7.5 Vcc.
Adjust the P3 potentiometer so as to read on the ammeter the current value of 8 A.

5.13.1.4. Adjustment of the Starting current output time

P4 (on the board) – Signal present on CN3-8 test 6


This signal determines the time of output of the starting current (adjustment of P7); when
this time has elapsed, the operation unit delivers the current determined by the adjustment
of P3.
Maximum time: 500 mS
Instrument used: Oscilloscope with memory 50 MHz
probe x 10, base time 0.1 sec/cm, amplitude 0.2 V/cm
0V CN3-14
probe CN3-8 channel A
probe CN3-10 channel B
Activate the operation unit, adjust P4 so as to obtain a 300 mS ± 50 delay between the
two signals.

5.13.1.5. Adjustment of the internal acceleration time maximum voltage

P6 (on the board) - Signal present on CN3-11


This signal determines the acceleration time maximum voltage
Instrument used: Oscilloscope 50MHz
probe x 10, base times 50 uSec/cm, amplitude 0.2 V/cm
0V CN3-14 probe CN3-11 channel A
Adjust the P6 potentiometer in order to obtain a crest value of 9.8V ±200mV.

5.13.1.6. Adjustment of the Internal acceleration time slope

P5 (on the board) – signal present on CN3-11 (Adjustment made in manufacture)


This signal determines the relation between the command voltage and the motor speed.
Instrument used: oscilloscope with memory 50 MHz
probe x10, base time 50 μSec/cm, amplitude 0.2 V/cm
0V CN3-14
probe CN3-11
Adjust P5 in order for the lower limit of the pulse signal to have a value of 100 mV ±50
compared with the 0.

Page 97
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.13.1.7. Starting current adjustment

P7 (on the board) - Signal present on CN3-7


This signal determines the maximum starting current of the operation unit.
Instrument used: digital multimeter
0V CN3-14 probe CN3-6 test 4
Note the voltage present on the test point
0V CN3-14 probe CN3-7 test 5
Adjust the P7 potentiometer until you can read the same voltage read on CN3-6.

5.13.2. Adjustment of the compressor movement clutch

Instruments used:
Dynamometer max. value 300N

1. Move the tabletop to the horizontal position.


2. Move the SFD to the feet-side end of stroke.
3. Remove the cover protecting the motor gearbox and the clutch of the compressor
support.
4. Connect the dynamometer (max value 300 N) between the compressor arm and the
tube arm as shown in Figure 19
5. Adjust the 23Az6-P2 potentiometer by completely turning it counter-clockwise so that
the intervention of the compression current limitation is avoided.
6. Press the push-button commanding the descent of the compressor making the
compressor clutch intervene for a time of 4 to 5 seconds and check on the
dynamometer whether the clutch intervention strength is 270 ± 20N.
7. Should it be necessary to modify the adjustment of the clutch, release the ratchet pawl
of the safety washer (E) inserted in the slot of the ring nut (D) and tighten (in order to
increase) or loosen (in order to decrease) the ring nut of the clutch (Figure 20)
8. Repeat the above-mentioned operations until you obtain the proper adjustment of the
clutch.
9. After completing the adjustment procedure, fix again the ratchet pawl of the safety
washer in one of the slots of the ring nut .

Page 98
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Figure 19

Figure 20

5.13.3. Adjustment of the 3FC6 microswitch (compressor in parking


position)
1. Move the tabletop to the horizontal position.
2. Move the tube stand to angle to access easily the compressor control assembly.
3. Remove the back cover of the compressor.
4. Adjust the microswitch plate.
5. Verify that the LED18 on the 25S3 (I/O) board is switched off, it will light up when the
parking position (outside the field) is reached.

Page 99
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

6. Command an ascent (upwards movement) of the compressor and check that the
compressor stops in its parking position (the distance between the top of the
compressor and the bottom of the collimator is of 60±5mm)
7. Replace the cover.

5.13.4. Adjustment of the 3FC8 micro switch (service strength)

This adjustment can be executed only after adjusting the


compressor clutch.

Instruments used:
Dynamometer max. value 300N

1. Move the tabletop to the horizontal position.


2. Move the SFD onto the feet-side end of stroke.
3. Adjust the 23Az6-P2 board potentiometer by completely turning it counter-clockwise so
that the intervention of the compression limitation of the operation unit is avoided.
4. Connect the dynamometer (max value 300 N) onto the knob of the compressor at a
distance of 44 ± 2mm from the rotation compressor fulcrum.
5. Adjust the two M6 dowels (Figure 21) so the dynamometer reads the value of 100 ±
15N (corresponding to a compression strength of 20±10N).
6. Verify that the LED20 of the 25S3 board lights up when the compression paddle is
exerting the compression, while it switches off as soon as the compression paddle is
released.

Figure 21

Page 100
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.13.5. Adjustment of the compression limitation

This adjustment can be executed after executing the


adjustments of both the compressor clutch and the service
strength of the compressor.
Instruments used:
Dynamometer max. value 300N

1. Move the tabletop to the horizontal position.


2. Move the SFD onto the feet-side end of stroke.
3. Remove the cover protecting the motor gearbox and the clutch of the compressor
support
4. Connect the dynamometer (max value 300 N) between the compressor arm and the
tube arm as shown in Figure 19
5. Press the push-button commanding the compressor descent, making the compression
current limitation intervene.
6. Verify on the dynamometer that the intervention strength of the clutch is 150±10N.
7. Adjust the 23Az6-P2 potentiometer in order to obtain the proper adjustment.
8. Replace the cover

5.14. Parallel diaphragms

5.14.1. Diaphragm motor board - 24S2 operation unit

BEFORE REMOVING THE OPERATION UNIT FROM THE RACK,


MAKE SURE THAT THE LEDS ON THE FRONT COVER ARE
SWITCHED OFF.
DO NOT EXECUTE ANY SELECTIONS/ADJUSTMENTS WHEN
THE EQUIPMENT IS SWITCHED ON.

5.14.1.1. Fundamental settings

The fundamental settings must be by qualified personnel during the


installation or interventions of replacement, according to the kind of
motor and its application.
Wrong settings may cause failures and damages, as well as a
possible improper functioning.

Page 101
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

JUMPERS
Verify the following settings:
DRF : CLOSED ( ON )
END OF STROKE: OPENED ( OFF )
DO/UP: CLOSED on UP (NPN inputs ON)
12/5: CLOSED on 12 ( inputs operating at 12V ON )

The DO/UP and 12/5 jumpers must be positioned onto one of the
two possible positions: different combinations cause the non-
functioning of the operation unit.

DIP-SWITCHES
Verify the following settings:

THE OPERATION UNIT DOES NOT NEED ANY ADJUSTMENTS

Page 102
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.14.2. Verification of the transmission movement direction

During this phase the axis movements are free and not subject
to the software control.
Pay your best attention while moving the axis in this situation!

1. Enter Service Mode

PARALLEL DIAPHRAGMS TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 067

VERIFICATION OF THE MOVEMENT DIRECTION value 002

2. Using the remote keyboard, verify that by pressing the P44D (outwards transversal
tabletop) push-button the diaphragms open and that by pressing the P44B (inwards
transversal tabletop) push-button the diaphragms close.
3. If verification fails, check the wirings of the motor phases (drawing dis.55169 f.10+).
4. Avoid setting and Exit Service Mode

P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

5.14.3. Position of the 3FC16 reference photocell

1. Switch equipment off and verify that the photocell window (Figure 22) is mechanically
centered compared with the diaphragms

Page 103
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Figure 22
2. Power ON and enter Service Mode

PARALLEL DIAPHRAGMS TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 067

END OF STROKE VERIFICATION value 001

3. Using the remote keyboard, verify that the P44D (outward transversal tabletop) push-
button and P44B (inward transversal tabletop) push-button command the movement of
the axis in both directions with stop onto the end of stroke.

4. Save the setting and exit service mode

5.14.4. Diaphragms centering and symmetry


1. Select an aperture of the diaphragms equal to the large field of the I.I.
2. Switch off the equipment.
3. Execute the measures and calculations according to what specified here below.
4. Should the results surpass the allowed tolerances, mechanically adjust the diaphragms.

Page 104
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Symmetry: (A-C)+(B-D) = max.±0.5


Centering: [(A+C)-(B+D)]/4 = max.±0.5
Parallelism: (A+B)-(C+D) = max. 1mm difference between the two ends of the blades.

5.14.5. Diaphragms aperture

DIVISION SIZE
This defines the cassette dimension and the division size to be chosen.

STANDARD APERTURE
This defines the value calculated between two divisions, corresponding to the mechanical
distance between the diaphragms blades.
A 3mm-space is standard between apertures.

Standard
aperture

APERTURES

1. Verify that system is configured for the correct cassette measurement units
2. Measure the distance between the two blades using the cassettes listed in the table
below.
3. Compare actual measurements to standard apertures.

FFD (in cm) CASSETTE SIZE STANDARD APERTURE


18/1 169.4±1 mm
18/4 40.2±1 mm
43/1 408.8±1 mm
115 43/4 100±1 mm
7” 167.3±1 mm
7”/4 39.7±1 mm
17” 410.5±1 mm
17”/4 100.4±1 mm

1. If the actual measurements fall beyond that standard tolerances

Page 105
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

a. Enter Service Mode

DIAPHRAGMS SPACES ADJUSTMENT code 051

b. Adjust the value in order to meet the standard aperture acceptable tolerance
while maintaining the space between each aperture a close to 3mm as
possible. Each increment of value of 10 corresponds to a reduction in the
actual aperture of 1mm. Acceptable values range from 1-99

Example: If a value of 051 results in an aperture of 170mm with 3mm between each
aperture, then 021 will result in an aperture of 173 with 1.5mm spaces, and a value of 081
will result in an aperture of 167mm with 4.5mm spaces.

c. Save the setting and exit Service Mode.

5.15. Crossed diaphragms

5.15.1. Diaphragm motor board - 24S3 operation unit

BEFORE REMOVING THE OPERATION UNIT FROM THE RACK,


MAKE SURE THAT THE LEDS ON THE FRONT COVER ARE
SWITCHED OFF.
DO NOT EXECUTE ANY SELECTIONS/ADJUSTMENTS WHEN
THE EQUIPMENT IS SWITCHED ON.

5.15.1.1. Fundamental settings

The fundamental settings must be executed by qualified personnel


during the installation or interventions of replacement.
Wrong settings may cause failures and damages, as well as a
possible improper functioning.

Page 106
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

JUMPERS
Verify the following settings

DRF : CLOSED ( ON )
END OF STROKE: OPENED ( OFF )
DO/UP: CLOSED on UP (NPN inputs ON)
12/5: CLOSED on 12 (Inputs operating at 12V ON)

The DO/UP and 12/5 jumpers must be positioned onto one of the
two possible positions: different combinations cause the non-
functioning of the operation unit.

DIP-SWITCHES
Verify the following settings

THIS OPERATION UNIT DOES NOT NEED ANY ADJUSTMENTS

Page 107
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.15.2. Verification of the transmission movement direction

During this phase the axis movements are free and not subject
to the software control.
Pay your best attention while moving the axis in this situation!

1. Enter Service Mode

CROSSED DIAPHRAGMS TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 070

VERIFICATION OF THE MOVEMENT DIRECTION value 002

2. Using the remote keyboard, verify that by pressing the P44D (outward transversal
tabletop) push-button moves the crossed diaphragm into the field and that pressing the
P44B (inward transversal tabletop) push-button moves the crossed diaphragm out of
the field (parking position).
3. If this verification fails, check the wirings of the motor phases (drawing dis.55169 f.11+).
4. Cancel setting and exit Service Mode.

P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

5.15.3. Position of the 3FC17 reference photocell

1. Switch equipment off and verify that the photocell window (Figure 23) is mechanically
centered compared with the crossed diaphragms.
2. Power ON and enter Service Mode

CROSSED DIAPHRAGMS TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 070

END OF STROKE VERIFICATION value 001

3. Using the remote keyboard, verify that the P44D (outward transversal tabletop) push-
button and P44B (inward transversal tabletop) push-button command the movement of
the axis in both directions with stop onto the end of stroke.
4. Save the setting and exit service mode

Page 108
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Figure 23

5.15.4. Diaphragms centering

1. Insert a 18x24 cm cassette and select a crossed division by 4


2. Verify that the distance between the parking position and the X-ray area is equal to
617±2mm. (Figure 24)
3. Insert a 24x30 cm cassette and select a crossed division per 4
4. Verify that the distance between the parking position and the X-ray area is equal to
472±2mm.
5. If the verification fails, proceed as follows:
6. Enter Service Mode

CROSSED DIAPHRAGMS EXCURSION CORRECTION code 053

7. Adjust the value to achieve the desired correction. Each value increment of 1
corresponds to a change of 1mm in diaphragm excursion.

Example: If default value 005 allows an excursion of the diaphragms of 472±2mm on a


18x24cm cassette in division per 4, then if you select value 001 (4 numbers having default
value = -4 mm) you will get an excursion of the diaphragms of 468 mm.
If you select value 009 (4 numbers having default value = +4 mm) you will get an
excursion of the diaphragms of 476 mm.

8. Save the setting and exit Service Mode

Page 109
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Figure 24

With cassette in cm the dimensions A – B in Figure 24 is equal to


87±0.3mm and 116±0.3mm respectively.
With cassette in inches the dimensions A – B in Figure 24 is equal
to 98±0.3mm and 117±0.3mm respectively.

5.15.5. Verification of the X-ray beam


The following adjustments require X-ray emission. Take
adequate precautions in order to prevent anyone and any part
of your body from being directly or indirectly exposed to X-ray
emissions.

1. Execute a radiography with size 18 and 24 and division per 4 and verify that the spaces
between the divisions are of 3±1mm.

The transversal side of the divisions is subject to the diaphragm’s mechanics.

Note: Modifying the value of code 053 determines the modification of the
mechanical excursions of the diaphragms and as a result the spaces between the
different exposures will decrease.

Page 110
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.16. Grid
5.16.1. Grid motor board - 24S4 operation unit
BEFORE REMOVING THE OPERATION UNIT FROM THE RACK
MAKE SURE THAT THE LEDS ON THE FRONT COVER ARE
SWITCHED OFF.
DO NOT EXECUTE ANY SELECTIONS/ADJUSTMENTS WHEN
THE EQUIPMENT IS SWITCHED ON.

5.16.1.1. Fundamental settings

The fundamental settings must be executed by qualified personnel


during the installation or interventions of replacement, according to
the kind of motor and its application.
Wrong settings may cause failures and damages, as well as a
possible improper functioning.

JUMPERS
Verify the following settings:

DRF : CLOSED ( ON )
END OF STROKE: OPENED ( OFF )
DO/UP: CLOSED on UP (NPN inputs ON)
12/5: CLOSED on 12 (Inputs operating at 12V ON)

The DO/UP and 12/5 jumpers must be positioned onto one of the
two possible positions: different combinations cause the non-
functioning of the operation unit.

Page 111
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

DIP-SWITCHES
Verify the following settings

THIS OPERATION UNIT DOES NOT REQUIRE ANY ADJUSTMENTS

5.16.2. Verification of the transmission movement direction

During this phase the axis movements are free and not subject
to the software control.
Pay your best attention while moving the axis in this situation!

2. Enter Service Mode

GRID TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 069

VERIFICATION OF THE MOVEMENT DIRECTION value 002

3. Using the remote keyboard, verify that by pressing the P44D (outward transversal
tabletop) push-button the grid moves towards the X-ray field and that by pressing the
P44B (inward transversal tabletop) push-button the grid moves towards the parking
position.
4. If this verification fails, check the wirings of the motor phases (drawing dis.55169 f.12+).
5. Exit Service Mode

Page 112
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

5.16.3. Position of the 3FC18 reference photocell

1. The equipment being switched off, verify that the photocell window is mechanically
centered compared with the grid (Figure 25)

Figure 25
2. Power on the equipment and enter Service Mode

GRID TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 069

END OF STROKE VERIFICATION value 001

3. Using the remote keyboard, verify that the P44D (outward transversal tabletop)
push-button and P44B (inward transversal tabletop) push-button command the
movement of the axis in both directions with stop onto the end of stroke.

Page 113
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

5.16.4. Grid centering and symmetry

1. Secure a nylon thread across the central blocks of the SFD.


2. Switch off the light inside the X-ray room and switch on the collimator light.
3. Verify the symmetry and centering of the grid compared with the centre point of the
SFD.
4. Verify the distance between the parking area and the X-ray field: the distance must
be equal to 404±1mm.
5. Should this value be out of the allowed tolerances, continue as follows.

6. Enter Service Mode

GRID EXCURSION CORRECTION code 054

Page 114
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

7. Adjust the value to correct the grid centering. Each value increment corresponds to
0.1 mm of aperture.

Example: The default value 051 allows a grid excursion of 404±1mm from the X-ray
area to the parking area.
ƒ If you select value 021 (30 numbers having default value = -3 mm) you
will get an excursion of the grid of 401 mm.
ƒ If you select value 081 (30 numbers having default value = +3 mm) you
will get an excursion of the grid of 408 mm.

8. Save setting and exit Service Mode.

5.17. Longitudinal cassette holder


5.17.1. Cassette holder motor board - 24S6 operation unit

BEFORE REMOVING THE OPERATION UNIT FROM THE RACK


MAKE SURE THAT THE LEDS ON THE FRONT COVER ARE
SWITCHED OFF.
DO NOT EXECUTE ANY SELECTIONS/ADJUSTMENTS WHEN
THE EQUIPMENT IS SWITCHED ON.

5.17.1.1. Fundamental settings

The fundamental settings must be executed by qualified personnel


during the installation or interventions of replacement, according to
the kind of motor and its application.
Wrong settings may cause failures and damages, as well as a
possible improper functioning.

Page 115
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

JUMPERS
Verify the following settings:

DRF: CLOSED
FC: OPENED
DO/UP: CLOSED on UP (ON input NPN)
12/5: CLOSED on 12 (ON working in input at12V)

The jumpers DO/UP and 12/5 must be put in one or the other
possible position. The operation unit doesn’t work in case of
different jumper combinations.

DIP -SWITCHES
Verify the following settings:

6,7A
Equalizzazione

3200 passi

Page 116
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

THE OPERATION UNIT DOES NOT REQUIRE ANY ADJUSTMENT

5.17.2. Verification of the transmission movement direction

During this phase the axis movements are free and not subject
to the software control.
Pay your best attention while moving the axis in this situation!

1. Enter Service Mode

LONGITUDINAL CASSETTE-HOLDER TRANSMISSION code 068


MOVEMENT

VERIRIFICATION OF THE MOVEMENT DIRECTION value 002

2. Using the remote keyboard, verify that by pressing the P44D (outward transversal
tabletop) push-button the cassette-holder moves towards the loading position and
that by pressing the P44B (inward transversal tabletop) push-button the cassette-
holder moves towards the parking position.
3. If this verification fails, check the wirings of the motor phases.

P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

5.17.3. Position of the 3Fc14 reference photocell


1. Switch off the equipment
2. Verify that the photocell window is mechanically centered compared with the
longitudinal cassette-holder (Figure 26)

Page 117
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Figure 26
3. Switch on the equipment.
4. Enter Service Mode

LONGITUDINAL CASSETTE-HOLDER TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 068

END OF STROKE VERIFICATION value 001

5. Using the remote keyboard, verify that the P44D (outward transversal tabletop)
push-button and P44B (inward transversal tabletop) push-button command the
movement of the axis in both directions with stop onto the end of stroke.
6. Exit Service Mode

5.17.4. Cassette-holder centering

1. Secure a 0.5 mm diameter steel string onto the central point of the SFD by using
the special reference blocks.
2. Mark the centre of the cassette on 18x24cm and 43x35 cm sizes.
3. Execute a Preparation with the 18cm cassette and 43cm
4. Switch off the equipment (power off) using the E-Stop and wait 30 seconds.
5. Switch off the light of the room and switch on the collimator light.
6. Using the collimator light projection, verify that the centre of the cassette
corresponds to the centre of the SFD.
7. Should this value be out of the allowed tolerances, execute the following procedure.

Page 118
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Note: The modification of the value of code 052 will involve the modification of the
mechanical excursion of the longitudinal cassette-holder.

8. Enter Service Mode

CASSETTE-HOLDER EXCURSION CORRECTION code 052

9. Modify the value to achieve the cassette position desired. An increment value
corresponds to 0.1 mm displacement.

Example: If the default value 051 allows a cassette-holder excursion of 454±1mm from the
loading position to the parking position, then if you select value 021 (30 numbers having
default value = -3 mm) you will get an excursion of the cassette-holder of 451 mm.
If you select value 081 (30 numbers having default value = +3 mm) you will get an
excursion of the cassette-holder of 457 mm.

10. Save the setting and exit Service Mode.


5.18. Transversal cassette-holder
5.18.1. Transversal motor board - 24S8 operation unit

BEFORE REMOVING THE OPERATION UNIT FROM THE RACK


MAKE SURE THAT THE LEDS ON THE FRONT COVER ARE
SWITCHED OFF.
DO NOT EXECUTE ANY SELECTIONS/ADJUSTMENTS WHEN

Page 119
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

THE EQUIPMENT IS SWITCHED ON.

5.18.1.1. Fundamental settings

The fundamental settings must be executed by qualified personnel


during the installation or interventions of replacement, according to
the kind of motor and its application.
Wrong settings may cause failures and damages, as well as a
possible improper functioning.

JUMPERS
Verify the following settings:

DRF: CLOSED
FC: OPENED
DO/UP: CLOSED on UP (ON input NPN)
12/5: CLOSED on 12 (ON working in input at12V)

The jumpers DO/UP and 12/5 must be put in one or the other
possible position. The operation unit doesn’t work in case of
different jumper combinations.

DIP -SWITCHES
Verify the following settings:

Page 120
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

6,7A
Equalizzazione

3200 passi

THE OPERATION UNIT DOES NOT REQUIRE ANY ADJUSTMENT

5.18.2. Verification of the transmission movement direction

During this phase the axis movements are free and not subject
to the software control.
Pay your best attention while moving the axis in this situation!

1. Enter Service Mode

TRANSVERSAL CASSETTE-HOLDER TRANSMISSION code 066


MOVEMEMENT

VERIFICATION OF THE MOVEMENT DIRECTION value 002

2. Using the remote keyboard, verify that by pressing the P44A (SFD leftward) push-
button the cassette-holder moves leftwards and that by pressing the P44C (SFD
rightward) push-button the cassette-holder moves rightwards.
3. If the verification fails, check the wirings of the motor phases.

Page 121
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

5.18.3. Position of the 3Fc15 and 3Fc21 reference photocells


1. Switch off the equipment and verify that the photocell window is mechanically
centered compared with the transversal cassette-holder (ref. Fig. 1 page 6).

2. Switch on the equipment and enter Service Mode

TRANSVERSAL CASSETTE-HOLDER TRANSMISSION code 066


MOVEMENT

END OF STROKE VERIFICATION value 001

3. Using the remote keyboard, verify that the P44A (SFD leftward) push-button and
P44C (SFD rightward) push-button command the movement of the axis in both
directions with stop onto the end of stroke.
4. Exit Service Mode

Cassette-holder centering
1. Select the entire size-division.
2. Verify that the distance between the left side and the centre of the SFD in its
parking position is equal to 42±1mm.
3. With the cassette-holder being in its parking position verify that the 3Fc21
microswitch is activated (applying to the cassette centered position in parking).
4. If the microswitch is not activated, proceed as follows:

Page 122
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5. Enter Service Mode

TRANSVERSAL CASSETTE-HOLDER EXCURSION code 055


CORRECTION

6. Adjust the value to correct the cassette holder position

Example: If a default value 051 allows a cassette-holder excursion of 60±1mm from the
parking position to loading position to, then if you select value 031 (20 numbers having
default value = -2 mm) you will get an excursion of the cassette-holder of 58 mm.
If you select value 071 (20 numbers having default value = +2 mm) you will get an
excursion of the cassette-holder of 62 mm.

7. Save the setting and exit Service Mode

Page 123
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

5.19. Image Intensifier

5.19.1. 24S7 operation unit

The operations unit 24S7 is shared with the I.I.

BEFORE REMOVING THE OPERATION UNIT FROM THE RACK,


PLEASE MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE LEDS ON THE FRONT
SIDE ARE SWITCHED OFF. DO NOT EXECUTE ANY SETTINGS
WHEN THE EQUIPMENT IS SWITCHED ON.

5.19.1.1. Fundamental settings

The fundamental settings must be executed by qualified


personnel at the installation or when a replacement is going to
be executed relating to the kind of motor in use and its
application.
Wrong settings may cause failures and damages, as well as a
possible bad functioning.

JUMPERS
Verify the following settings:

Page 124
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

DRF: CLOSED
FC: OPENED
DO/UP: CLOSED on UP (ON input NPN)
12/5: CLOSED on 12 (ON working in input at12V)

The jumpers DO/UP and 12/5 must be put in one or the other
possible position. The operation unit doesn’t work in case of
different jumper combinations.

DIP -SWITCHES
Verify the following settings:

6,7A
Equalizzazione

3200 passi

THE OPERATION UNIT DOES NOT REQUIRE ANY ADJUSTMENT

5.19.2. Verification of the transmission movement direction

During this phase the axis movements are free and not subject
to the software control.
Pay your best attention while moving the axis in this situation!

1. Enter Service Mode

I.I. TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 065

VERIFICATION OF THE TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT value 002

Page 125
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

2. Using the remote keyboard, verify that by pressing the P44D (outward transversal
tabletop) push-button the I.I. moves downwards (descent movement) and that by
pressing the P44B (inward transversal tabletop) push-button the I.I. moves
upwards (ascent movement)
3. If this verification fails, check the wirings of the motor phases (drawing 55169 f.15+).
P67 P44B P44C P39

P44A P44D
Tableside keyboard

5.19.3. Position of the 3Fc19-3Fc20 microswitches

1. Power ON and enter Service Mode

I.I. TRANSMISSION MOVEMENT code 065

END OF STROKE VERIFICATION value 001

2. Using the remote keyboard, verify that the P44D (outward transversal tabletop)
push-button and P44B (inward transversal tabletop) push-button command the

Page 126
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

movement of the axis in both directions with stop onto the end of stroke as shown in
Fig 1.
3. If end of stroke is not as shown, power off system and adjust microswitch.

5.20. Tube centering

1. Move the stand and SFD to the centered position with respect to the table frame.
2. Using a level, verify the table is perfectly horizontal.
3. Using a level, verify the X-ray tube is perfectly horizontal.
4. Verify the existence of the proper correspondence between the microswitch of the
tube centering and the LED 25S3-Lv10:
ƒ Tube centered: LED 25S3-Lv10 switched off.
ƒ Tube rotated: LED 25S3-Lv10 switched on.
5. If the tube is not centered:
a. Adjust the 4 dowels M8x16 (Figure 27 and Figure 28) so as to obtain the
tube proper position.
b. Verify the proper correspondence between the microswitch and the led
25S3-Lv10.
c. In case such a correspondence is not obtained:
i. Remove the covers of the tube support.
ii. Loosen the socket-head screws M5x20 (B -Figure 29) and turn the
ring (C - Figure 29) until the 3Fc13 microswitch result to be free.
iii. Tight the M5x20 socket-head screws that were previously loosened.
iv. Replace the covers.

Figure 27

Page 127
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Figure 28
Fig.5: Tube centering adjustment

Figure 29

Page 128
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5.21. Ceiling Suspension Position Switch

It is the installer’s responsibility to install the microswitch for


the block from the suspension accessory.

ƒ Verify the existence of the proper correspondence between the microswitch of the
block from the suspension and the relevant led 25S3-Lv3:
ƒ Suspension in parked position jumper present on 25S3-Sc21.8,9:
o LED 25S3-Lv3 switched on and no table movement is blocked.
ƒ Suspension not in parking position and jumper not present 25S3.Sc2-8,9:
o LED 25S3-Lv3 switched off and the following table movements blocked:
Tilting, Elevation, SFD, Stand movements (Centering, Angle) and
Tomography.

5.22. Adjustment of the display on the stand

The display on the stand displays the following data: tilting angle, incidence angle of the
stand (or the tomo angle in tomography modality).

Execute the following operations in order to adjust the display:


1. Move the table to the horizontal position.
2. Command an angle of the stand rightward or leftward until the back cover of the
compressor is set completely free.
3. Remove the back cover of the compressor.
4. Enter Service Mode.

Topographic
board

5. Select code 073 value 001 in order for the display to visualise ‘00°’.
6. Adjust the 3S2-P1 potentiometer until ‘00’ is displayed on the stand angle.
7. Adjust the 3S2-P3 potentiometer until ‘00’ is displayed on the tilting display.
8. Select code 073 value 002 in order to visualise the value ’90°’.
9. Adjust the 3S2-P2 potentiometer until ‘90’ is displayed on the stand display.
10. Adjust the 3S2-P4 potentiometer until ’90’ is displayed on the tilting display.

Page 129
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

These two adjustments affect each other: it is necessary to


repeat them several times until the adjustment results to be
correct.

11. Exit Service Mode.


12. Verify the existence of the proper correspondence between the control panel
displays and the stand displays.
13. Should the proper correspondence not result, repeat the adjustment.

5.23. Focal Distance/SID Compensation


SID compensation is an option that is enabled by the hardware key on the
generator.

1. Enable the “SID compensation” function in Genware


2. Switch OFF the equipment
3. Connect the digital multimeter between :

Vcc probe: 25S1-TP1.12 -VAN12-


OV probe: 25S1-TP1.13/14 -0V15-
4. Switch ON the equipment
5. Move the focal equipment to 115 cm, and note the VAN12 value in order to
type the value in the “SID Min Ref” box; eg. 0,5VDC = 50
6. Move the focal equipment to the distance of 150 cm, note the VAN12 value
and type the value in the “SID Max Ref” box; for example 5,5VDC would be
entered as 550.
7. Verify that in the “SID Int Type” box is typed the 1 value

Page 130
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

550

• Log off from Genware and check the proper functionality of the SID
compensation during normal operation.

Page 131
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

6. Control boards configuration

This selection is executed at the manufacturing plants and


should not require modification. If a board is replaced, check
that the position of the configuration jumper is correct. The
boards are adjusted in manufacturing, any additional
adjustments may cause system malfunction.

6.1. 1S2 Jumper configuration (control panel CPU):

Please make reference to the topographic drawing code 55360 f.1 for the jumper position.

Jumper Position
J1 ON
J2 ON
J3 OFF
J4 OFF
J5 ON

6.2. 25S1 Jumper configuration (Host CPU):

CPU –Host board configuration cod. 55973

Jumper Position Description


J1 OFF Serial 2 - pin9 connection
J2 ON Serial 2 – Fibre optic

6.3. 25S3-Sw2 Dip-switches (I/O board)

This selection is executed at the manufacturing plants


according to the equipment configuration. Should it be
necessary to replace the board, repeat the same configuration.
If it is necessary to modify the equipment configuration,
properly set the switches according to the following
instructions.

Page 132
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

The 25S3-Sw2 dip-switch is used to short-circuit the analogical input


should not the relevant transmission be present. Do not execute any
adjustments of potentiometers or acquisitions of end-of-strokes with
reference potentiometer present and dip-switch being ON.
Make reference to the topographic drawing code 55308f.1 for the jumper
positions.

Elevation potentiometer:
SWITCH-2 PRESENT NOT
PRESENT
Sw2 - 1 OFF ON

Analogical inputs not used:


SWITCH-2 PRESENT NOT
PRESENT
Sw2 - 2 - ON

Longitudinal tabletop potentiometer:


SWITCH-2 PRESENT NOT
PRESENT
Sw2 - 3 OFF ON

Iris potentiometer:
SWITCH-2 PRESENT NOT
PRESENT
Sw2 – 4 OFF ON

Jaws potentiometers:
SWITCH-2 PRESENT NOT
PRESENT
Sw2 - 5 OFF ON
Sw2 - 6 OFF ON

ADC13 and ADC14 not used:


SWITCH-2 PRESENT NOT
PRESENT
Sw2 - 7 OFF ON
Sw2 - 8 OFF ON

Page 133
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

6.4. 25S3-Sw1 dip-switches (I/O board)


Functioning modality:
SWITCH-1 NORMALE SETUP
Sw1 - 1 OFF ON

Normal use or use in the Setup phase.

Allarmax device intervention:


SWITCH-1 PRESENT NOT
RPESENT
Sw1 - 2 OFF ON

The Allarmax device ensures the functioning of the equipment


without the error control by the software.
This must be used only if really needed and necessary.

ASSI board:
SWITCH-1 PRESENT NOT
PRESENT
Sw1 - 3 OFF ON

In case of bad functioning of the ASSI board, the equipment can


work but the Focal Distance movement and all the movements
linked with the SFD will be blocked.

Low ceiling safety:


SWITCH-1 PRESENT NOT
PRESENT
Sw1 - 4 OFF ON

Page 134
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

When the “Low ceiling safety” accessory is present, the 25S3-


Sw1.4 must be set onto the OFF position
6.5. 25S3-jumper for board configuration (I/O board)

Focal distance compensation

JUMPER PRESENT NOT


PRESENT
JW1 ON OFF
JW2 ON OFF

25S4 Board (injector interface)

JUMPER PRESENT NOT


PRESENT
JW3 OFF ON

A signal for cassette in

JUMPER STATE DESCRIPTION


JW4 ON Wallstand combined with table and ceiling
suspension for manual collimation
OFF Wallstand combined with ceiling suspension
with automatic collimation

6.6. 25S4-jumper configuration (injector interface board)


Injectors interface

JUMPER STATE DESCIPTION


JW1 OFF N/A
JW2 OFF N/A
JW3 OFF Signal injectors named ILLUMINA and
ANGIOMAT inhibited
ON Hand switch injector named MEDRAD
disabled
JW4 OFF N/A

Page 135
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

6.7. Parameters on console display 1S3


6.7.1. Pulsed/Attention display on the console
The console display for the pulsed fluoroscopy, when it is not used for this reason, it is
used to signal the equipment movement limitation. If the pulsed fluoroscopy is not present
(code 59; value 002) the display visualizes the movement limitation (lightening display). If
pulsed fluoroscopy is present (code 59; value 001), the display visualizes the frequency or
review images selected and the equipment movement limitation only when it happens
(lightening display).

The R11 resistance elimination from the 1S3 board (Parameters


visualization on the console display), allowed to see the “A” letter
(Attention) on the pulsed fluoroscopy console display when the
equipment being in movement is limited (for instance by the ceiling,
floor, walls, etc.).
This is a sort of flash visualization that appears any time is selected
one operation unit movement that is not allowed to do, due to some
limitations. If is not eliminated the R11 resistance, instead of seeing
the letter “A”, you will see visualized on the console display the
number “8”.
This console display visualization is possible since the “V08”
version.
To Avoid the R11 resistance is not possible with pulsed fluoroscopy
activated, code 59 value 001

Page 136
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSION e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

7. Software Management
The software controlling the Table consists of three different parts:
ƒ the HOST CPU (25S1) software
ƒ the ASSI board (25S2) software
ƒ the Control Panel CPU (1S2) software.

The Host CPU software and the ASSI board software are loaded on EPROM (25S1-
EPROM1/EPROM2 and 25S2-EPROM1/EPROM2 respectively), or on a Flash EPROM
(25S2-xx and 25S2-xx respectively). The firmware type depends on CPU-ASSI assembled
equipment.
A replacement of the software of the 25S1 and 25S2 boards determines a subsequent
necessary replacement of the relevant EPROMs, while as far as the Control Panel CPU
software is concerned, it is sufficient to update the content of the Flash EPROM with no
needs to replace it.
The CPU software is loaded on a Flash EPROM (1S2-XX):
In case of console CPU software replacement it is possible to update the Flash EPROM
content without substituting it.
A programme, integrated into the software managing the table, is available for the
technician allowing to execute a deeper analysis of the control boards and a verification of
the checksums of the EPROMs, thus the software efficiency.
In order to execute this test programme, it is sufficient to have at your disposal a PC with
MS Windows 952 3 operating system (or superior) and having installed the “GMM
terminal”(Teleservice) software.
“GMM terminal”(Teleservice) software programme exchange data with the managing table
software by a direct serial connection
Connect the cable between CPU-Host- and 25S1-Cn3 (Serial RS232-C) connector.
and to the serial input of the PC to be used.

Connection to a CPU-Host cod.55973:

The cable code 52640 is a simple PC serial cable with following connections:

2 - RXD 2 - RXD
Connettore
9 poli 3 - TXD Connettore Sub D
3 - TXD
seriale PC 9 poli - Femmina
seriale CPU - 25S1

5 - GND 5 - GND

2
MS Windows is a registered mark.
3
Please make reference to the relevant user's manuals for further information on Windows programs.

Page 137
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Check the compatibility between the equipment software version


and the Teleservice software version before using it
For further information get in touch with GMM

7.1. 25S1 firmware loading

In order to execute the inspection or the replacement of the table firmware (25S1 board –
Host CPU), it is necessary to carry out the following procedure

Take proper precautions while handling the electronic boards.

The CPU-Host board set a Flash EPROM instead of usual EPROMs.


The difference between the two components is that the Flash EPROM can be deleted and
re programmed in its place, in other words, without taking it out from its board.

1. Switch table off


2. Open the power cabinet.
3. Open the I/O board support (there are two nuts fixing the support)
4. Connect the serial input cable cod. 55973 to 25S1-CN18 (CPU-Host board).
5. Move jumper 25S1-J2 on 25S1-J1 (J1-ON, J2-OFF)
6. With the PC off, connect the cable to the PC serial input
7. Switch on the PC.
8. Switch table on
9. By the Teleservice (version 2.0) program, select the Flash CPU-Host (make
reference to Teleservice manual ).
10. After having done the programming switch off the PC.
11. Switch equipment off
12. Disconnect the cable from the serial output and restore the jumper.
13. Repeat the previous procedure in a opposite sequence
14. Switch on the equipment and check the checksum and the software version by
following the procedure 7.3

Page 138
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSION e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

7.2. 1S2 software loading

In order to execute the inspection or the replacement of the table firmware, it is necessary
to carry out the following procedure

Take proper precautions while handling the electronic boards.

1. Switch table off


2. Remove the right and left console cover
3. Remove the two nuts fixing the up panel
4. Open the console panel.
5. Connect the cable for parallel port cod. 55394 at 1S2-CN9.
6. Remove the fiber optic cable4.
7. PC being switched off, connect the cable to the PC parallel port
8. Switch on the PC.
9. Switch table on
10. Check if on the display alarms/visualization, appears the code 098.
11. Using Teleservice, select the flash CPU-KEYBOARD Switch off the PC.
12. Switch table off
13. Disconnect the parallel port cable and re-connect the fiber optic cable in proper
connectors
14. Assemble the console
15. Switch on the table and check the checksum and the software version following
procedure 7.4

7.3. Checksum and 25S1 board software version check

To check the software version installed on 25S1 board, EPROM checksum or Flash
EPROM, use Teleservice.

7.4. 1S2 checksum control

To check the software version installed on 1S2 board and EPROM checksum or Flash
EPROM, use Teleservice.
7.5. Alarms reset

The software controlling the table memorizes possible errors that occurred during the life
cycle of the equipment during its normal functioning; this memory stores the date, hour
and number of alarm that intervened. It is suggested to keep these data memorised in

4
In case the optic fibers are fixed by plastic strap, remove the power connector 1S2-Cn6, switch on the equipment and replace the 1S2-
Cn6 connector.

Page 139
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

order to have at your disposal the passed conditions of the equipment, though it may
happen that such alarms must be reset.

The alarms are set in the RAM battery


When the SW version is changed it can be necessary to reset the alarms. CPU-
Host board cod. 55361, when alarms are not memorized, please check the battery
voltage assembled on the 25S1(CPU) board. Lithium Battery of 3V. (Cn10-1.2 (Vcc)
– Cn10-3,4 (Gnd) For CPU Host cod. 55973, in case of battery problem, the
keyboard alarms/visualization display will visualize the code 096.
In case you need to replace the battery, change it with one of the same type

Use Teleservice to reset alarms.

7.6. Data modification

The software controlling the table memorises possible errors occurred during the life cycle
of the equipment during its normal functioning; this memory stores the date, hour and the
alarm number intervened. Date and hour are memorised as dd/mm/yy:hh/mm/ss format.
The date/hour function does not take into consideration the legal hour. To refer to legal
hour it is necessary to change by hand date and hour
As soon as the CPU-Host substitution procedure is started or the battery changing is
started check the date/hour update.
To change date and hour please use Teleservice.

7.7. Microprocessor board testing

As well as a PC, the following material is needed

Quantity Description
1 Cable serial connection between PC and CPU-Host cod.55361
1 Cable serial connection between PC and CPU-Host cod.55973
1 50 outlet flat cable lg.300mm for the 25S3-Cn3,Cn8 connection
1 40 outlet flat-cable lg.300mm for connection

For the connection of 5S1-Cn7,Cn5 e 25S1-Cn6,Cn4 two 34 outlet- flat-cables will be


used being already available for the connection with the 25S3 board.

Page 140
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

8. Belts and Chains Adjustments


8.1. Tilting transmission

1. Check the alignment of the pulleys and the parallelism between


the shafts.
2. After a few hours of normal functioning, verify the tension of the
chain and increase it if necessary.
3. Never use any product for increasing the adherence or grip and
make sure that any contact with oils is avoided.

8.1.1. Non-elevating table


1. Remove the cover of the tilting transmission.
2. The following values must be measured in order to realise the proper tension of
the chain:
F = 2daN f = 6mm
3. For ensuring a proper operation, execute the pre-tension of the chain according
to the following scheme:

Page 141
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

8.1.2. Elevating Table


1. Remove the cover of the tilting transmission.
2. The following values must be measured in order to realise the proper tenseness
of the chain:
F = 2daN f = 3mm
3. For ensuring a proper operation execute the pre-tension of the chain according
to the following scheme:

8.2. Elevation group transmission


Chain p.12.7
1. Move the table to the horizontal position and the SFD centered on the
central point of the table
2. Adjust the tension of the chain so as to get the following values:
F = 5daN f = 5mm

Page 142
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

8.3. Spot film device transmission


Chain p.12.7
1. Move the table to the horizontal position.
2. Adjust the tension of the chain by screwing the ring nut (A) of the chain’s tie
rod up to obtain the value of 8.5mm between the ring nut (A) and the chain
connection.

Page 143
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

8.4. Stand transmission


Chain p.12.7
1. The equipment being in the horizontal position, loosen by a half turn the
screws fixing the two tie-rods of the chain.
2. Place the right ring-nut and the left ring-nut (A) near the springs so as to
tighten them without pre-charging them.
3. Tighten the right ring-nut and the left ring-nut (A) of 2mm each in order to
obtain a 100daN tension of the chain.
4. Tighten the two screws of each tie rod with a 2.5 daNm torque.

8.5. Compressor trolley transmission


Chain p.6
1. Move the compressor support-trolley to its parking position.
2. Adjust the chain so as to obtain the following tension value:
F = 1daN f = 10mm

Page 144
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

8.6. Longitudinal tabletop transmission


Chain p.9,52
1. Move the tabletop onto the centered position.
2. Adjust the chain of the first transmission so as to measure the following
tension values:
F = 5daN f = 9mm
3. After executing the tension adjustment of the first transmission, execute the
adjustment applying to the second transmission as follows:
a. By operating on the relevant screw, place the chain connections near
the aluminium guide of the tabletop, making sure not to block them.
b. Tight the screw (A) so as to obtain a torque of 0.3daN.
c. Fix the two M5 screws of the chain connection with a torque of
0.5daN.

The procedure for executing the tensions adjustment of the


longitudinal tabletop chain is the same for both the transmission
placed onto the head-side and the transmission placed onto the
feet-side.

Page 145
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

8.7. Spot film device transmissions


8.7.1. Grid support-trolley/Parallel diaphragms / Crossed Diaphragms
Chain p.6
1. Move the equipment to the horizontal position.
2. Adjust the chain so as to obtain the following tenseness value:
F = 1daN f = 15mm

Page 146
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

8.7.2. Cassette-holder
1. Move the cassette holder to its parking position.
2. Adjust the chain so as to obtain the following tenseness values:
First transmission (chain p.6):
F = 3daN f = 6mm

Second transmission (chain p.8):


F = 1,5daN f = 1mm

Page 147
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

9. Mechanical checks
You shall periodically check that the screws of the system are properly screwed up.
Please make reference to the following explicative image showing the screws of
the SFD rails.

Page 148
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Page 149
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10. Teleservice
The purpose of this software package is to assist the technician when he is
looking for errors or malfunctions, setting the equipment at work or repairing it, or
changing /calibrating the equipment parameters by means of the setup program.

Although this investigative tool is certainly not comprehensive, it does make


available to the technician certain parameters that can help him carry out an
effective diagnosis of the malfunction and a quick repair. However, we are aware
that most of the boards/control drivers, due to their complexity and for the type of
construction, can be repaired only in the factory with the use of proper
tools/equipment. Through this software package is possible to program the
keyboards CPU Flash EPROM and the CPU-host Flash EPROM
This program, called “GMMTERMINAL.exe”, communicates with the RXi table
control software by means of a direct connection by way of serial port or via
modem.
To install the Teleservice program use the CD equipment and start the program
SETUP.EXE by following the install instruction.

Page 150
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSION e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

10.1. Connection
In order to run this test program, a PC with operating system MS Windows 955 6
or higher and with the “GMMTERMINAL.exe” software installed is required.
Connect the cable between the CPU-Host – connector 25S1-Cn3 (Serial RS232-
C) and the serial port of the PC.

Connection to CPU-Host code 55361:


Cable code 52360 is a basic serial cable with the following connections:

3 - TXD

2 - RXD 1 - RXD
9-pole
AMP connector
connector 2 - TXD
4 poles - female
serial PC
4 - GND serial CPU - 25S1

5 - GND

Connection to CPU-Host code 55973:


Cable code 52640 is a basic serial cable for PC with the following connections:

2 - RXD 2 - RXD
9-pole
connector 3 - TXD Connector Sub D
3 - TXD
serial PC 9 poles - Female
serial CPU - 25S1

5 - GND 5 - GND

With the equipment turned off:


• Open the power cabinet.
• Connect the serial port cable to 25S1-CN3 (CPU-Host board).
• Connect the cable to the serial port of the PC.
• Turn on the PC.

With the equipment turned on:


• Launch the program <GMMTERMINAL.exe>.
• See: Using the Teleservice par.10.2
• Exit <GMMTERMINAL> (Teleservice) by selecting <File> and then
<Exit>
• Turn off the PC.

5
MS Windows is a registered trademark
6
For additional information on Windows applications and commands, please refer to the specific user manuals.

Page 151
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

With the equipment turned off:


• Disconnect the cable from the serial port.
• Close the power cabinet.

Creating an Icon on the Desktop:


To create a connection on the <Desktop> for future uses of the
‘GMMTERMINAL’ connection:
• From the ‘Start menu,:
‘Programmi’ – ‘Gestione Risorse’
• Then select ‘C:\Programmi\Accessori\GmmTerminal’.
• Click on <GmmTerminal> and drag it directly on the Desktop.
• Exit ‘Gestione Risorse’ by following normal Windows procedures.

The symbols that appear in the screens shown below


have the same meaning as in Windows, respectively: Minimize,
Maximize and Close.

Page 152
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

10.2. Using the Teleservice


Following is a description of the possible uses during installation and testing of
the RXi table equipment by means of the Teleservice software.

Turn on the equipment before you access the program. If the


equipment is turned off during the connection, you need to
disconnect.

• By clicking on the <GMMTERMINAL> icon, the following mask


appears:

• Click on <OK> to continue or wait for approximately 10 seconds,


after that the following mask will appear:

Page 153
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Available choices:
1. <File> Exit the Teleservice program.
2. <Utility> Enter the available utilities.
3. <Help> Access to various information.
4. <Update Software> Software loading and update.
5. <EEProm Files> Saving of the EEprom contents.
6. <Alarm Files> Saving of the alarms stored in buffered RAM.
7. <FcEEprom Files> Saving of the acquired limit switches.
8. <Pc> Direct connection via serial port to a PC.
9. <Modem> Direct connection via modem (displays the
COMx).

Page 154
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

1. File:
• By clicking on the <File> icon, the following mask appears:

• Select <Exit> to exit the <Teleservice>.

2. Utility:
• By clicking on the <Utility> icon, the following mask appears:

Available choices:
a) <Config> PC configuration.
b) <System information> Information on system settings.

Page 155
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

a) Configuration:
• By selecting <Config> you can configure the serial
communication port and the language.

In case the connection port is not the one displayed, select the available
port. The system automatically sets the following values for the serial port:

Gate COM…
Baud Rate 9600
Data Bits 8
Parity None
Stop Bits 1
Flow Control None

In case the selected language is not the desired one, choose it from the
list.

• Press <OK> if the serial port configuration or the language has


been changed.
• Press <Reset> if the serial port configuration or the language has
been changed but you do not want to update the system.
• Press <Exit> to exit the <Config> menu.

Page 156
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

b) System-related information:
• By selecting <System information> you can display the current
system settings.

• Press <Exit> to exit the <System information> menu.

Page 157
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

3. Help:
• By clicking on the <Help> icon the following mask appears:

Available choices:
a) <Manuals> Connection to the equipment manuals.
b) <GMM Home Page> Connection to GMM’s home page on the
Internet.
c) <About…> Information about the Teleservice program.

a) Manuals
• By selecting <Manuals> you can select and display the desired
manual; by default the system displays the existing manuals in
*.pdf format

Select the desired document; if it is not in <pdf> format, look in Files of


type.
• Select <Open> to display the document
• Select <Cancel> to exit the On-line manuals.

Page 158
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

b) GMM Home page


• Select <GMM Home page> to visit GMM’s home page on the
Internet.

GMM’s web site address: www.gmmspa.com

Page 159
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

c) About…
• Select <About…> to display information about the Teleservice
program.

• Press <OK> to exit the <About…> mask

4. Update software
• By clicking on the <Update software> icon, and the <Update flash> icon, it is
possible to up-date the Flash CPU- host 25S1 programme and the Flash CPU
- console 1S2 programme

When updating the equipment software, please make reference to


the “Instructions for software update” enclosure.

Page 160
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

5. EEprom Files
Contains a list of backups carried out by the EEprom during the testing phase or
during installation and/or repairs. These files contain the equipment settings and
configuration data, in addition to the serial number, the software version, etc.
They can be displayed and printed out even without being connected to the
equipment by using the teleservice programme.

• By clicking on the <EEprom Files> icon, a list of the backups carried


out is displayed:

Where: Op <16822> is the equipment serial number and <*.eep> is


the file extension.

• Select the desired serial number and press <Open> to display the file
content.

• Press <Cancel> to exit the <EEprom Files> menu

Page 161
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

• Select <Open>, to display the following mask:

Move the lateral slider bar in order to display the complete EEprom files
• Select <Print> to print the whole file.
• Select <Quit> to exit the EEprom files

Page 162
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Select <Print> to display the following mask:

Press the right key to advance to the next page, or press the left key

to go back to the previous page. Press to advance to the last available


page, press to go back to the first page.

Choose between zoom settings of 60, 70, 80, 90 and 100% to


enlarge or reduce the visualization on the monitor.

By selecting <<Print>> you can print the entire file.

Select <<Close>> to exit.

Page 163
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

6. Alarm files:
Contains a list of backups carried out of the alarms. These files can be displayed
and printed out even without being connected to the equipment by using the
teleservice programme.

By clicking on the <Alarm Files> icon, a list of backups appears:

Where: Op <16822> is the equipment serial number and <*.txt> is


the file extension.

• Select the desired serial number and press <Open> to display the
contents of the file.

• Press <Cancel> to exit the <Alarm Files> menu.

Page 164
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

• Select <Open> to display the following mask:

• Move the lateral slider bar in order to display the whole stored alarms

• Select <Print> to print the whole file.

Select<Quit> to exit the alarms file

Page 165
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Select <Print> to display the following mask:

• Press the right key to advance to the next page, press the

left key to go back to the previous page, press to advance to the


last available page, press to go back to the first page.

Choose between zoom settings of 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100% to


enlarge or reduce the visualization on the monitor.

By selecting <<Print>> you can print the entire file.

Select <<Close>> to exit.

Page 166
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

7. FcEEprom files:
Contains a list of backups carried out of the limit switches in the EEprom during
testing or during the installation and/or repairs. These files can be displayed and
printed even without being connected to the equipment by using teleservice
programme.

By clicking on the <Fc EEprom Files> icon, a list of backups appears:

where: Op <16822> is the equipment serial number and <*.fc> is


the file extension.

Select the desired serial number and press <Open> to display the contents of the
file.

Press <Cancel> to exit the <FcEEprom Files> menu.

Page 167
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

• Select <Open> in order to display the following mask

Press <Print> to print the file.

• Select <Quit> to exit this file.

Page 168
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

• Select <Print> in order to display the following mask

Choose between zoom settings of 60, 70, 80, 90 and 100% in


order to enlarge or reduce the visualization on the monitor.

• By selecting <<Print>> you can print the entire file

• Select <<Close>> to exit.

Page 169
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

8. Connection:
• By clicking on the <PC> icon you can connect to the equipment; the
following mask appears:

Available choices:
a) <Setup> Equipment setup mode.
b) <Information> Setup information.
c) <Interface> Information about inputs/outputs.
d) <Table feedback> Information about transmissions.

• Press <Disconnect> to disconnect from the equipment.

Page 170
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

a. Setup:
By means of the <Setup> menu you can carry out in remote the setup
procedure, which is usually done at the equipment console ( make
reference to par. 2.2.1).
• Select <Setup> to display the password-protected access mask.

• Enter the proper Password < ____ >


• Confirm the password with <OK>, the setup mask is displayed.

Setup mask:

• Press <Exit> to exit the <Setup> menu.

Page 171
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

N.B. : When you exit the <setup> menu, the system automatically
disconnects from the equipment.

For additional and more in-depth information on the


OPERA T setup program, please refer to par. 10.2.1 of this
manual and to the “Adjustments Manual”.

b. Information:
• By selecting <Information> you can display information on the
state of the equipment.

Available choices:
• EEProm preview (see par.10.2.2)
• Potentiometers limits (see par. 0)
• CheckSum (see par.0)
• Date/Time (see par.10.2.3)
• Message display (see par.10.2.4)

c. Interface:
• By selecting <Interface> you can display information on the state
of the equipment inputs/outputs.

Available choices:

Page 172
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

• Console’s Button Visualization board 1S2 - CPU-console (see


par.10.2.5)
• Console’s Joystick Visualization board 1S2 - CPU-console (see
par. 10.2.6)
• Host’s ADC Visualization board 25S1 - CPU-Host (see
par.10.2.7)
• Host’s DAC Visualization board 25S1 - CPU-Host (see
par.10.2.8)
• Host’s Digital Input board 25S1 - CPU-Host (see par.10.2.9)
• Host’s Digital Output board 25S1 - CPU-Host (see par.10.2.10)
• Inputs reading board 25S2– step by step (see par.0)

d. Transmissions (Table feedback):


• By selecting <Transmissions> you can see a list of equipment
transmissions; by selecting the individual items you can display
specific information pertaining to them.

Available choices:
• Tilting (see par.10.2.11)
• Elevation (see par.10.2.12 )
• Column (see par.10.2.13)
• S.F.D. (Spot Film Device) (see par.10.2.14)
• Parallel collimator blades (see par.10.2.15)
• Perpendicular collimator blades (see par.10.2.16)
• Iris collimator blades (see par.10.2.17)

Page 173
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

• Longitudinal tabletop (see par.10.2.18)


• Cassette dimension (see par.10.2.19)
• Transversal tabletop and compressor (see par.10.2.20)
• F.F.D. Focal distance (see par.10.2.21)
• I.I. (see par.10.2.22)
• Longitudinal cassette (see par.10.2.23)
• Transversal cassette (see par.10.2.24)
• Parallel diaphragm (see par.10.2.25)
• Cross diaphragm (see par.10.2.26)
• Grid (see par.10.2.27)
9. Via modem:
• By clicking on the <Modem> icon you can connect to the equipment via
modem. All functions are active just like with the direct connection with <PC>.

For additional and more in-depth information about the connection


via modem please contact GMM.s.p.a.

Page 174
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

10.2.1. Setup
In this window you can change the parameters entered in EEProm in case of
substitution of hardware components, as well as change the configuration during
the installation phase and to handle the transmission in manual mode.
• Select <Setup> to display the password-protected access mask.
• Enter the password <123> for remote diagnosis (movements from PC
disabled – joystick 1an joystick 2 disabled).
• Enter the password <456> for remote diagnosis (movements from PC
enabled – joystick 1 and joystick 2 enabled).
• Confirm the password with <OK>, the setup mask is now displayed.

Setup mask:

Page 175
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

1. Setup procedure:

Decrease code for the interested


transmission

Increase code for the interested


transmission

Choose a value lower than the previous


code

Choose a value higher than the previous


code

Movement towards left and


counterclockwise

Movement towards right and clockwise

Movement towards down, (open)


external and loading position (out)

Movement towards high position,


closed (internal) and parking
(inside)

Button to memorize new values

Button to reset the modifications

Page 176
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Code Display for the transmission values

Value Display for the code values

ADC value Display mV transmission potentiometer


value
2. Setup procedure:
The installation code is divided in two parts:
The <transmission code>, with its description, identifies the transmission
or the part to be modified, and it can be selected by means of keys:
< code increase – F6>
< code decrease – F5>
The < code value>, indicates the value that the code in question can take
on, and it can be selected by means of keys:
< code increase – F8>
< code decrease – F7>

The possible <values> that the code can take on are matched with each <code>.
In order to acquire or to change a limit switch, you need to bring the axis on the
limit switch in question, enter the Setup mode, select the corresponding code and
value, and then save the position using key:
<ENTER>
Keep the enter key pressed until the value of the selected code becomes
000.
In case you don’t want to continue, press key:
<RESET>
To move the axis in position, use the manual movements or, where possible, the
power-driven ones.
The low-speed movement of the motors is used to control the direction of the
movement or to bring the axis in position, for the subsequent acquisition of the
limit switch value.
The high-speed movement of the motors is used to bring the axis in position
more quickly over longer distances.
‘Movements from PC’ command:
• ‘Low-speed movements from PC’ command:
< axis movement towards the left side and counterclockwise>
<axis movement towards the right side and clockwise>
<axis downward movement, opens and in loading (outside) >
<axis upward movement, closes and in parking (inside)>

• ‘High-speed movements from PC’ command:


<fast axis movement towards the left and counterclockwise +
SHIFT>
<fast axis movement towards the left and clockwise + SHIFT>
<fast axis downward movement, opens and in loading + SHIFT>
<fast axis upward movement, closes and in parking+ SHIFT >

Page 177
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

‘Movements from remote keyboard’ command


PP44B
PP44A PP44C

PP67 PP39
PP44D

Fig. 3: Layout of the remote keyboard in Setup mode


P Rx
Å Æ C A
¯ ° Ç È
Tilting 44A 44C 39
Elevation 44B 44D 67
Column 44A 44C 39
Longitudinal table top 44A 44C 39
S.F.D. 44A 44C 39
DF 44B 44D
I.I. 44B 44D
Cassette ⊥ 44A 44C
Diaphragm // 44B 44D
Cassette // 44B 44D
Grid 44B 44D
Diaphragm ⊥ 44B 44D
LEGEND
(Movements as seen from the keyboard side)
¯ Counterclockwise movement
° Clockwise movement
Ç Upward movement
È Downward movement
Å Movement towards the left
Æ Movement towards the right
A Opens movement
C Closes movement
P Movement in parking
Rx Movement in loading
Fast movement (coupled with the movement)

Page 178
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

To disable the procedure:


• Press <Exit> to exit the <Setup> menu.

For installation codes make reference to the Adjustment manual

Page 179
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.1.1. Backup of the setup


Once the installation or testing activities are complete, you can save the setup
information.

• Press <Backup> in order to save the equipment setup information


(EEprom contents); the following mask is displayed.

• Enter the access Password <123>. ( not necessary, the password is


acquired by default)
• Confirm the access password with <OK>, now the data entry mask is
displayed.

Page 180
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

The following information must be entered:


• Serial number <Serial number> (obligatory)
• Production lot <Lot> (optional)
• Production order <Ref. number> (optional)
• Customer <Customer> (optional)
• Signature <Signature> (optional)
‚ Press <OK> to continue or <Exit> to exit the mask.

The system automatically displays the file name based on the serial
number and on the type of equipment entered. You can change this name
(although it is not advisable to do so) and save the file in the desired
director, floppy or CD.

• Select <Save > to save the file with extension <*.bck>.


• Select <Cancel> to exit from the option.

Page 181
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

• The following mask is displayed indicating that the backup was


successfully carried out.

• Press <Exit> to exit the <Backup> menu; the system automatically exits
the setup mode and the equipment turns on.

Page 182
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

10.2.1.2. Setup restore


You can restore the setup at any time. After restoring the data, check the
equipment configuration and the compatibility with the entered data (see par.
10.2.2) prior to carrying out any movements.

• Press <Restore> to re-load the setup of the equipment.

• Enter the access Password <123> ( not necessary, the password is


acquired by default)
• Confirm the password with <OK> then select the directory, floppy or CD
containing the file to be loaded (backup file)

Page 183
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

• Select the file to be loaded.


• By selecting <Cancel > you exit the option. At this point you can only
select <Exit> to exit the setup mode.
• Select <Open> to load the file.
• A mask is displayed indicating that the Restore is under way, after that
the “restore carried out” mask appears.

Page 184
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Press <Exit> to exit the <Restore> menu. The system automatically exits the
setup mode and the equipment turns back on.

10.2.2. EEprom check


In this window you can display, print or save some data contained in EEProm.

• Select < EEProm reading> in the Information folder.

• Use the vertical scroll bar to display the entire contents of the EEprom
file.

• Press <Exit> to exit the < EEProm reading> menu.

• Press <File> to save the displayed data.

• Press <Printer> to print the displayed data.

Page 185
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

• By selecting <File> or <Printer> the following mask appears:

The following information must be entered:


• Serial number <Serial number> (obligatory)
• Production lot <Lot> (optional)
• Production order <Ref. number> (optional)
• Customer <Customer> (optional)
• Signature <Signature> (optional)

The system automatically assigns the print or file creation date.

• Press <OK> to continue; the print preview or the mask used to save the
<EEprom file> file is displayed

• Press <Exit> to exit the <Data entry > menu.

Page 186
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

• If you selected <<Print>>, by pressing <OK>, the mask shown in


paragraph 2.2 item 5 is displayed <EEprom Files> visualization of the
backup of the EEprom contents.

• By selecting <<Close>> the following mask appears

‚ If you want to save the document select <Si / Yes>, otherwise select
<No> to go back to the < EEprom data visualization> menu.

Page 187
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

‚ If you selected <Si/Yes>, or if you previously selected <File>, by


pressing <Ok> the following mask appears:

• The system automatically displays the file name based on the serial
number and on the type of equipment entered. You can change this
name (although it is not advisable to do so) and save the file in the
desired directory, floppy or CD and ect.

• Select <Save> to save the file.

• Select <Cancel> to exit the Print or File option.

The files saved here is visible in the <EEprom File> window.

Page 188
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Limit switch check in EEProm


In this window you can check the voltage at the limit switch acquisition point.

• Select < Eeprom limit switches> in the Information folder.

• Press <Save> to save the voltages.

• Press <Exit> to exit the < EEprom limit switch> menu.

Page 189
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

• By selecting <Save> the following mask appears:

The following data must be entered:


• Serial number <Serial number> (obligatory)
• Production lot <Lot> (optional)
• Production order <Ref. number> (optional)
• Customer <Customer>(optional)
• Signature <Signature> (optional)

The system automatically assigns the file creation date.

• Press <Exit> to exit the <Data entry> menu.

• Press <OK> to continue, the mask used to save the < EEprom limit
switch> file is displayed.

Page 190
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

• The following mask appears:

• The system automatically displays the file name based on the serial
number and on the type of equipment entered. You can change this
name (although it is not advisable to do so) and save the file in the
desired directory floppy or CD and ect.

• Select <Save> to save the file.

• Select <Cancel> to exit the Print or File option.

The files saved here can be displayed in the <Fc EEprom File> window.

Page 191
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Verifying the Checksum and Software version


In this window you can verify the software version installed on the control board
and the Checksum of the FLASH EPROM.

• Select < CheckSum > in the Information folder.

• Press <Exit> to exit the <CheckSum> menu.

Page 192
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

10.2.3. Changing the date


The OPERA T control software keeps track of any errors that occur during the
course of normal operation for the entire life of the equipment, saving such
information as the date, time and number of alarms that have occurred. The date
and time are saved in format dd/mm/yy and format hh/mm/ss, respectively.
Follow this procedure to change the date and time settings.
• Select <Date/Time> in the Information folder.
• The system displays the date and time set in the CPU board and the
date and time set in your PC.

• Select <Modify> to update the date and/or the time.


• The Date/Time modification window appears.
• Update the date and/or the time, confirm with key <Modify>.
• Press <Exit> to exit the <Modify> mask

Page 193
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

• An updated version of the <Date/Time > mask is displayed.


• Press <Exit> to exit the <Date/Time> mask

Page 194
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

10.2.4. Resetting the alarms


The control software for OPERA T keeps track of any errors that occur during the
course of normal operation for the entire duration of the equipment, saving such
information as the date, time and number of alarms that have occurred. In order
to display and delete, if so desired, these alarm messages, follow the procedure
described below.

• Select <Message archive > in the Information folder.

Proceed as follows to save, print or delete messages:

• Press <AllMSG> to see a complete list of messages (usually the


last 30 messages stored in memory are displayed).

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Messages visualization > menu.

To print messages proceed as follows:

Page 195
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

• Press <Print> to print messages, following mask will be


displayed:

Data to be fill in:


• Matriculation number <Serial number> (obligatory)
• Manifacturing lot <Lot> (optional)
• Manifacturing order <Ref. number> (optional)
• Customer <Customer> (optional)
• Signature <Signature> (optional)

The file creation date is automatically recorded by the system.

• Press <Exit> to get out from <Date insert > menu

• Press <OK> to go on working, the <Print alarms preview> will


be displayed.

• Make reference to the paragraph 10.2 point 6 <Alarms files>


to print the alarms.

Page 196
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

If you want to save messages :

• Press <File> to save messages, the following mask will be


displayed:

Data to be filled in:


• Matriculation number <Serial number> (obligatory)
• Manifacturing lot <Lot> (optional)
• Manifacturing order <Ref. number> (optional)
• Customer <Customer> (optional)
• Segnature <Signature> (optional)

The file creation date is automatically recorded by the system.

• Press <OK> to go on working or <Exit> to get out from <Date


insert>menu.

Page 197
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

• Compare the following masks:

• Automatically the file name is visualized in function of its serial number


and the inserted equipment type, it is possible to modify it (we do not
suggest this choice) and save the file in the directory wanted or in a
floppy, CD ect.

• By selecting <Save> the file with the extension will be saved <*.txt>.

• By selecting <Cancel> you go out from this option.

It is possible to see the saved files in the <Alarm files> window

Page 198
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Proceed as follows to erase the messages:


• Press <Erase> to reset the messages.

• The message deletion mask is displayed.

• Either cancel or confirm the operation.

• By selecting <Message archive > with no messages present, the


following window appears:

• Confirm with <OK>.

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Messages visualization > menu.

Page 199
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.5. Keys Visualization


In this window you can verify which keys are active on the console.
• Select <Keys visualization> in the interface folder.

• Press < > to display the list of console keys.


• Use the horizontal and vertical scroll bars to scroll through the list.

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Keys visualization > menu.

Page 200
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

10.2.6. Joystick display


In this window you can check the state of the joystick on the console.

• Select < Joystick visualization > in the interface folder.

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Joystick visualization > menu.

Page 201
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.7. ADC visualization


In this window you can verify the input voltage on the ADCs read by the
potentiometers connected to board 25S1 – CPU-Host.

• Select < ADC visualization> in the interface folder.

Page 202
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

CN2 analog inputs 1÷12 (Conn. ANS 40 pole)


Origin Input No. Function Destination
CN2 1 VREF.1 CP1.1
3 INANA.1 3PT1 Pot. Reference Tilting CP1.2
5 OV15 CP1.3
7 VREF.3 CP3.1
9 INANA.3 3PT3 Pot. Reference Column CP3.2
11 OV15 CP3.3
19 VREF.7 CP7.1
21 INANA.7 3PT7 Pot. Reference // collimator blades CP7.2
23 OV15 CP7.3
25 VREF.9 CP9.1
27 INANA.9 3PT9 Pot. Reference iris collimator CP9.2
blades
29 OV15 CP9.3
31 VREF.11 CP11.1
33 INANA.11 3PT11 Pot. Cassette orthogonal CP11.2
dimension
35 OV15 CP11.3
2 VREF.2 CP2.1
4 INANA.2 3PT2 Pot. Reference Elevation CP2.2
6 OV15 CP2.3
8 VREF.4 CP4.1
10 INANA.4 3PT4 Pot. Reference Spot Film Device CP4.2
12 OV15 CP4.3
14 VREF.6 CP6.1
16 INANA.6 3PT17 Pot. Reference Longitudinal CP6.2
tabletop
18 OV15 CP6.3
20 VREF.8 CP8.1
22 INANA.8 3PT8 Pot. Reference Ortho blades CP8.2
collimator
24 OV15 CP8.3
26 VREF.10 CP10.1
28 INANA.10 3PT10 Pot. Parallel cassette dimension CP10.2
30 OV15 CP10.3
32 VREF.12
34 INANA.12 Compression force reading CFC2.13
36 OV15 CFC2.12

At present all the other ADCs are not being used.

• Press <Exit> to exit the < ADC visualization> menu.

Page 203
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.8. DAC visualization


In this window you can verify the output voltage on the DACs from board 25S1 –
CPU-Host.

• Select < DAC visualization > in the interface folder.

Page 204
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

CN1 analog outputs 1÷12 (Conn. ANS 40 poles)


Origin Output No. Function Destination
CN1 3 DAC1 Column CFC1.19
5 0V15 CFC1.18
9 DAC3 Tilting CFC1.15
11 0V15 CFC1.14
15 DAC5 Parallel collimator blades CFC2.18
17 0V15 CFC2.19
21 DAC7 Iris collimator blades CFC2.22
23 0V15 CFC2.23
27 DAC9 Transversal tabletop / Compressor CFC2.14
29 0V15 CFC2.15
33 DAC11 Angle display AMP9.5
35 0V15 AMP9.6
4 DAC2 Spot Film Device CFC1.21
6 0V15 CFC1.20
10 DAC4 Elevation CFC1.17
12 0V15 CFC1.16
16 DAC6 Collimator orthogonal blades CFC2.20
18 0V15 CFC2.21
22 DAC8 Dais rotation CFC2.16
24 0V15 CFC2.17
28 DAC10 Tilting angle display AMP9.7
30 0V15 AMP9.8
34 DAC12 Focal distance compensation AMP12.23

36 0V15 AMP12.24

At present all the other DACs are not being used.

• Press <Exit> to exit the < DAC visualization> menu.

Page 205
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.9. Digital inputs reading


In this window you can verify the presence of digital inputs connected to board
25S1 – CPU-Host.

• Select <Inputs visualization> in the interface folder.

Page 206
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

• Press < > to display the list of inputs.

• Use the horizontal and vertical scroll bars to scroll through the list.

Page 207
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

CN4-CN5 Digital inputs 1÷24 (Conn. ANS 34 poles with esp.)


Origin Input No. Function Destination
CN5 1 IN 1 Power on SC1.8/9- CN3.1
CFC1.9
2 IN 2 O.G. from generator AMP11.8 CN3.2
3 IN 3 Lock from hanging accessory SC2.8 CN3.3
4 IN 4 Filter insertion request AMP12.18 CN3.4
5 IN 5 Keyboard pushbuttons matrix (1st column) AMP8.8 CN3.5
6 IN 6 Keyboard pushbuttons matrix (2nd AMP8.9 CN3.6
column)
7 IN 7 Keyboard pushbuttons matrix (3rd AMP8.10 CN3.7
column)
8 IN 8 Keyboard pushbuttons matrix (4th AMP8.11 CN3.8
column)
9 IN 9 Keyboard pushbuttons matrix (5th column) AMP8.12 CN3.9
10 IN 10 3Fc13 limit switch centered tube AMP9.14 CN3.10
11 IN 11 Protection 23S3 Column CFC1.12 CN3.11
12 IN 12 Protection 23S4 Spot Film Device CFC1.13 CN3.12
13 IN 13 3Fc11 limit switch transversal tabletop AMP6.2 CN3.13
right (outside)
14 IN 14 3Fc12 limit switch transversal tabletop left AMP6.3 CN3.14
(inside)
15 IN 15 Collimator lamp CFC2.10 CN3.15
16 IN 16 Arrest micro Tilting O-T 20s AMP7.2 CN3.16
17 IN 17 Collimator stopped CFC2.11 CN3.17
18 IN 18 3Fc6 limit switch compressor high AMP9.10 CN3.18
19 IN 19 3Fc7 limit switch spoon inserted AMP9.11 CN3.19
20 IN 20 3Fc8 limit switch spoon in compression AMP9.12 CN3.20
21 IN 21 Protection 23S1 Tilting CFC1.10 CN3.21
22 IN 22 Protection 23S2 Elevation CFC1.11 CN3.22
23 IN 23 Installation switch SW1.1 CN3.23
24 IN 24 Switch for ALLARMAX exclusion SW1.2 CN3.24

CN4 1 IN 25 Switch for board 25S2 exclusion SW1.3 CN3.25


2 IN 26 O.PG. from generator AMP11.9 CN3.26
3 IN 27 SFD Selection AMP11.10 CN3.27
4 IN 28 DFR Selection AMP11.11 CN3.28
5 IN 29 Injector present AMP12.19 CN3.28
6 IN 30 Radiography release from injector AMP12.20 CN3.30
7 IN 31 Enlargement selection or Digital program AMP12.21 CN3.31
advancement in angio
8 IN 32 Enlargement selection AMP12.22 CN3.32
8 IN 33 n.u. AMP12.22 CN3.32
9 IN 34 Keyboard pushbuttons matrix (6th column) AMP8.4 CN3.33
Fluoroscopy pedal AMP4.7 CN3.45
Radiography preparation pushbutton AMP4.6 CN3.46
Radiography pushbutton AMP4.8 CN3.47
HCF pedal AMP4.5 CN3.48

Page 208
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

At present all the other inputs are not being used.

For additional information, please refer to the Interfaces Manual


and to the interface specifications.

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Inputs visualization > menu.

10.2.10. Digital outputs reading


In this window you can verify the presence of digital outputs from board 25S1 –
CPU-Host.

• Select <Outputs display > in the interface folder.

Page 209
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

• Press < > to display the list of outputs.

• Use the horizontal and vertical scroll bars to scroll through the list.

Page 210
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

CN7 digital outputs 1÷24 (Conn. ANS 34 poles with esp.)


Origin Output No. Function Destination
CN7 1 OUT 1 Keyboard pushbuttons matrix (1st row) AMP8.5 CN8.1
2 OUT 2 Keyboard pushbuttons matrix (1st row) AMP8.6 CN8.2
3 OUT 3 Keyboard pushbuttons matrix (1st row) AMP8.7 CN8.3
4 OUT 4 Room lighting (relay K1) SC2.1-2-3 CN8.4
5 OUT 5 Fluoroscopy consent AMP10.8 CN8.5
AMP11.2
6 OUT 6 Consent PG AMP11.3 CN8.6
7 OUT 7 Release G AMP11.4 CN8.7
8 OUT 8 Release HCF AMP11.5 CN8.8
9 OUT 9 3S1.L1 led DF = 115 cm AMP8.14 CN8.9
10 OUT 10 3S1.L2 led DF = 135 cm AMP8.15 CN8.10
11 OUT 11 3S1.L3 led DF = 150 cm AMP8.16 CN8.11
12 OUT 12 Enabling 23S4 Spot Film Device CFC1.6 CN8.12
13 OUT 13 Enabling 23S3 Column CFC1.5 CN8.13
14 OUT 14 Enabling 23S1 Tilting CFC1.3 CN8.14
15 OUT 15 Commutation 23S6 Top/compressor CFC2.9 CN8.15
16 OUT 16 Reserve 1 (relay K2) or Acq./Image Rev. SC2.4-5-6 CN8.16
17 OUT 17 Enabling 23S6 Oper. Trans. Top./Compr. CFC2.3 CN8.17
18 OUT 18 Enabling 23S7 Az. Dais rotation CFC2.4 CN8.18
19 OUT 19 Commutation Column/Longitudinal CFC1.7 CN8.19
tabletop
20 OUT 20 Enabling 23S2 Elevation CFC1.4 CN8.20
21 OUT 21 Collimator lamp CFC2.7 CN8.21
22 OUT 22 Filter collimator command CFC2.5 CN8.22
23 OUT 23 Manual collimator CFC2.6 CN8.23
24 OUT 24 Pronto radiography for injector AMP11.12 CN8.24

CN6 digital outputs outside world 25÷48 (Conn. ANS 34 poles with esp.)
Origin Output No. Function Destination
CN6 1 OUT 25 Central area AMP12.1 CN8.25
2 OUT 26 Left Area AMP12.2 CN8.26
3 OUT 27 Right Area AMP12.3 CN8.27
4 OUT 28 Format < 12 cm AMP12.4 CN8.28
5 OUT 29 Top-bottom image reversal (relay K3) AMP10.1-2 CN8.29
6 OUT 30 Right-left image reversal (relay K4) AMP10.1-3 CN8.30
7 OUT 31 Zoom1 (relay K5) AMP10.4-5 CN8.31
8 OUT 32 Zoom2 (relay K6) AMP10.4-6 CN8.32
9 OUT 33 Zoom3 (relay K7) AMP10.4-7 CN8.33
10 OUT 34 Direct Radiography AMP11.14 CN8.34
11 OUT 35 Indirect Radiography AMP11.15 CN8.35
12 OUT 36 Automatic Fluoroscopy 1 AMP12.5 CN8.36
13 OUT 37 Automatic Fluoroscopy 2 AMP12.6 CN8.37
14 OUT 38 Stop automatic Fluoroscopy AMP12.7 CN8.38
15 OUT 39 Quick series AMP12.8 CN8.39
16 OUT 40 Tomo 0,4s or change KV in angio AMP12.9 CN8.40
17 OUT 41 Tomo 0,6s or change KV in angio AMP12.10 CN8.41
18 OUT 42 Tomo 0,8s or change KV in angio AMP12.11 CN8.42
19 OUT 43 Tomo 1,2s or periscanning selection AMP12.12 CN8.43
20 OUT 44 Tomo 2.5s AMP12.13 CN8.44
21 OUT 45 Tomo selection AMP12.14 CN8.45
22 OUT 46 Dose change with grid in park AMP12.15 CN8.46

Page 211
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSION e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

23 OUT 47 Angio selection AMP12.16 CN8.47


24 OUT 48 Ready for digital in angio/I.V. AMP12.23-24 CN8.48

INTERFACE FOR UNIVERSAL GENERATORS INTERFACE FOR


GENERATOR OPERA G
CN6 digital outputs outside world 25÷48 (Conn. ANS 34 poles with esp.)
Origin Output No. Function Destination
CN6 1 OUT 25 Side cameras OFF AMP12.1 CN8.25
2 OUT 26 n.u. AMP12.2 CN8.26
3 OUT 27 n.u. AMP12.3 CN8.27
4 OUT 28 Format < 12 cm AMP12.4 CN8.28
5 OUT 29 Top-bottom image reversal (relay K3) AMP10.1-2 CN8.29
6 OUT 30 Right-left image reversal (relay K4) AMP10.1-3 CN8.30
7 OUT 31 Zoom1 (relay K5) AMP10.4-5 CN8.31
8 OUT 32 Zoom2 (relay K6) AMP10.4-6 CN8.32
9 OUT 33 Zoom3 (relay K7) AMP10.4-7 CN8.33
10 OUT 34 Direct Radiography AMP11.14 CN8.34
11 OUT 35 Indirect Radiography AMP11.15 CN8.35
12 OUT 36 Automatic Fluoroscopy AMP12.5 CN8.36
13 OUT 37 Automatic Fluoroscopy AMP12.6 CN8.37
14 OUT 38 Pulsed value AMP12.7 CN8.38
15 OUT 39 Quick series AMP12.8 CN8.39
16 OUT 40 Tomo times value AMP12.9 CN8.40
17 OUT 41 Tomo times value AMP12.10 CN8.41
18 OUT 42 Tomo times value AMP12.11 CN8.42
19 OUT 43 Pulsed value or periscanning selection AMP12.12 CN8.43
20 OUT 44 Pulsed value or angio/I.V. selection AMP12.13 CN8.44
21 OUT 45 Tomo selection AMP12.14 CN8.45
22 OUT 46 Dose change grid in park AMP12.15 CN8.46
23 OUT 47 Angio selection AMP12.16 CN8.47
24 OUT 48 Ready for digital in angio/I.V. AMP12.23-24 CN8.48

CFC2.8 OUT 49 Workstation AMP11.6-7

At present all the other outputs are not being used.

For additional information, please refer to the Interfaces Manual


and to the interface specifications.

• Press <Exit> to exit the <Outputs display > menu.

Page 212
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Step-by-step inputs reading


In this window you can verify step by step the presence of the inputs on board
25S2.

• Select < Step by step inputs > in the interface folder.

Page 213
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI AND PRECISION RXI VERSION e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Press < > to display a list of outputs.


• Use the horizontal and vertical scroll bars to scroll through the list.

STEP BY STEP BOARD INPUTS μS 1341- 25S2


CN2 Inputs micro/photocells outside world LED Lv23÷ Lv38
Led Function
Lv23 Fault1 parallel diaphragm (fault is active if LED is off)
Lv24 Fault2 cross diaphragm (fault is active if LED is off)
Lv25 Fault3 longitudinal cassette (in/out) (fault is active if LED is off)
Lv26 Fault4 I.B./focal (fault is active if LED is off)
Lv27 Fault5 transversal cassette (fault is active if LED is off)
Lv28 Fault6 grid (fault is active if LED is off)
Lv29 3Fc16 zero photocell/micro for parallel diaphragm
Lv30 3Fc17 zero photocell/micro for cross diaphragm
Lv31 3Fc18 zero photocell/micro for grid
Lv32 3Fc14 zero photocell/micro for longitudinal cassette (in/out)
Lv33 3Fc19 I.B. high micro (zero I.I.)
Lv34 3Fc15 zero photocell/micro for transversal cassette
Lv35 3Fc5 Focal zero micro
Lv36 3Fc20 I.B. low micro (I.I. in radiography position)
Lv37 3fc21 Centered transversal cassette micro
Lv38 n.u.

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Step-by-step board inputs visualization >
menu.

Page 214
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

10.2.11. Tilting transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the tilting with the associated
commands.
• Select <Tilting > in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• ADC reading Tilting current position (voltage in mV on
potentiometer 3Pt1)
• Minimum limit switch acquired in mV
• Middle limit switch in mV
• Maximum limit switch acquired in mV
• Current position in mm
• Minimum limit switch value in degrees
• Maximum limit switch value in degrees
• DAC reading in mV (output voltage from DAC3)
• Command and joystick reading from console
• Enabling operation of 23S1
• Command from remote keyboard
• I.I. curve, ceiling and walls
• Graph of the movement with <Start> command
• Press <Exit> to exit the < Tilting >.

Page 215
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.12. Elevation transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the elevation with the associated
commands.
• Select <Elevation> in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• ADC reading Elevation current position (voltage in mV on
potentiometer 3Pt2)
• Minimum limit switch acquired in mV
• Middle limit switch in mV
• Maximum limit switch in mV
• Current position in mm
• Minimum limit switch value in mm
• Maximum limit switch value in mm
• DAC reading in mV (output voltage from DAC4)
• Command and joystick reading from console
• Enabling operation of 23S2
• Command from remote keyboard
• I.I. curve and ceiling
• Graph of the movement with <Start> command

• Press <Exit> to exit the <Elevation> menu

10.2.13. Column Transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the Column with the associated
commands.

Page 216
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

• Select <Column> in the transmissions folder.


Available parameters:
• ADC reading Column current position (voltage in mV on
potentiometer 3Pt3)
• Minimum limit switch acquired in mV
• Middle limit switch acquired in mV
• Maximum limit switch acquired in mV
• Current position in mm
• Minimum limit switch value in mm
• Maximum limit switch value in mm
• DAC reading in mV (output voltage from DAC1)
• Command and joystick reading from console
• Enabling operation of 23S3
• Relay commutation Column/longitudinal tabletop transmission
• Command from console or keyboard
• Ceiling and walls
• Graph of the movement with <Start> command

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Column > menu

Page 217
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.14. Spot Film Device transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the S.F.D. unit with the associated
commands.

• Select <Spot Film Device> in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• ADC reading Spot Film Device current position (voltage in mV on
potentiometer 3Pt4)
• Minimum limit switch acquired in mV
• Middle limit switch in mV
• Maximum limit switch acquired in mV
• Current position in mm
• Minimum limit switch value in mm
• Maximum limit switch value in mm
• DAC reading in mV (output voltage from DAC2)
• Command and joystick reading from console
• Enabling operation of 23S4
• Command from console or keyboard
• I.I. curve.

Page 218
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

• Graph of the movement with <Start> command

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Spot Film Device> menu

10.2.15. Parallel collimator transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the parallel collimator with the
associated commands.

• Select < Parallel collimator > in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• ADC reading Parallel collimator current position (voltage in mV on
potentiometer 3Pt7)
• Minimum limit switch acquired in mV
• Maximum limit switch acquired in mV
• Current position in mm
• Minimum limit switch value in mm
• Maximum limit switch value in mm
• DAC reading in mV (output voltage from DAC5)
• Transmission enabled for movement
• Command from console or from collimator
• Manual active

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Parallel collimator >.

Page 219
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.16. Perpendicular collimator transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the perpendicular collimator with
the associated commands.

• Select <Perpendicular collimator > in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• ADC reading Perpendicular collimator current position (voltage in
mV on potentiometer 3Pt8)
• Minimum limit switch acquired in mV
• Maximum limit switch in mV
• Current position in mm
• Minimum limit switch value in mm
• Maximum limit switch value in mm
• DAC reading in mV (output voltage from DAC6)
• Command from console or from collimator
• Manual active

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Perpendicular collimator >.

Page 220
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

10.2.17. Iris collimator transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the perpendicular collimator with
the associated commands.

• Select <Iris collimator > in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• ADC reading Iris collimator current position (voltage in mV on
potentiometer 3Pt9)
• Minimum limit switch acquired in mV
• Maximum limit switch acquired in mV
• Current position in mm
• Minimum limit switch value in mm
• Maximum limit switch in mm
• DAC reading in mV (output voltage from DAC7)
• Command from console or from collimator
• Active manual

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Iris collimator > menu.

Page 221
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.18. Longitudinal tabletop transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the longitudinal tabletop with the
associated commands

• Select <Longitudinal tabletop > in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• ADC reading of longitudinal tabletop current position (voltage in mV
on potentiometer 3Pt17)
• Minimum limit switch acquired in mV
• Middle limit switch in mV
• Maximum limit switch acquired in mV
• Current position in mm
• Minimum limit switch value in mm
• Maximum limit switch value in mm
• DAC reading in mV (output voltage from DAC1)
• Enabling operation of 23S3
• Relay commutation Column / longitudinal tabletop transmission
• Command from console or from keyboard
• I.I. curve, ceiling and walls

Page 222
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

• Graph of the movement with <Start> command


• Press <Exit> to exit the < Longitudinal tabletop> menu.

10.2.19. Cassette dimension transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the jaws with the associated
commands.

• Select <Cassette dimension > in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• ADC reading jaws current position (voltage in mV on potentiometer
3Pt10/11)
• Minimum limit switch acquired in mV
• Maximum limit switch acquired in mV
• Current position in mm
• Minimum position in mm
• Maximum position in mm
• Cassette position
• Cassette dimension in cm

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Cassette dimension> menu.

Page 223
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.20. Transversal tabletop and compressor transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the transversal tabletop with the
associated commands.

• Select <Transversal tabletop and compressor> in the transmissions


folder.

Available parameters:
Compressor:
• Commands from console
• Spoon present
• Spoon in park
• Spoon in compression
• Maximum compression
• DAC reading in mV (output voltage from output voltage from
DAC9)
• Enabling operation of 23S6

Transversal tabletop:
• Joystick reading from console
• Internal limit switch selection
• External limit switch selection
• DAC reading in mV (output voltage from DAC9)
• Enabling operation of 23S6

Page 224
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Transversal tabletop and compressor>.

10.2.21. Focal Distance transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the focal with the associated
commands.

• Select <Focal Distance> in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• Minimum limit switch in number of steps and in mm
• Middle limit switch in number of steps and in mm
• Maximum limit switch in number of steps and in mm
• Current position in number of steps and in mm
• Current position signalization
• Command from console
• Command from keyboard
• Focal channel/I.I. selection
• Ceiling and walls

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Focal Distance> menu.

Page 225
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.22. I.I. transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the I.I. with the associated
commands.

• Select <I.I.> in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• Minimum limit switch in number of steps
• Maximum limit switch in number of steps
• Current position in number of steps
• Current position signalization
• Command from console
• I.I. limit switch high
• I.I. limit switch low
• Focal channel /I.I. selection

• Press <Exit> to exit the < I.I.> menu

10.2.23. Longitudinal cassette transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the longitudinal cassette with the
associated commands.

• Select < Longitudinal cassette > in the transmissions folder.

Page 226
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Available parameters:
• Minimum limit switch in number of steps and in mm
• Middle limit switch in number of steps and in mm
• Step correction of the cassette
• Maximum limit switch in number of steps and in mm
• Current position in number of steps
• Current position signalization
• Command from console
• Commands from keyboard

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Longitudinal cassette > menu

Page 227
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.24. Transversal (cross) cassette transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the transversal cassette with the
associated commands.

• Select <Transversal cassette > in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• Middle limit switch in number of steps
• Current position in number of steps
• Current position signalization
• Commands from console and micro-switches

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Transversal cassette > menu.

Page 228
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

10.2.25. Parallel diaphragm transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the parallel diaphragm with the
associated commands.

• Select <Parallel diaphragm > in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• Minimum limit switch in number of steps and in mm
• Maximum limit switch in number of steps and in mm
• Current position in number of steps and in mm
• Current position signalization
• Command from console or from collimator
• Flags that identify the condition which the parallel diaphragm is in

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Parallel diaphragm > menu

Page 229
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

10.2.26. Cross diaphragm transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the cross diaphragm with the
associated commands.

• Select <Cross diaphragm > in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• Flags that identify the condition which the cross diaphragm is in
• Cassette dimension

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Cross diaphragm > menu.

Page 230
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

10.2.27. Grid transmission


In this window you can verify the movement of the grid with the associated
commands.

• Select <Grid> in the transmissions folder.

Available parameters:
• Minimum limit switch (in the field) in number of steps and in mm
• Middle limit switch Rx in number of steps and in mm
• Maximum limit switch Rx in number of steps and in mm
• Maximum limit switch (parking) in number of steps and in mm
• Current position in number of steps
• Current position signalization
• Command from console

• Press <Exit> to exit the < Grid> menu

Page 231
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11. Troubleshooting
11.1. Aim
The aim of this document is to assist personnel in charge of testing or repairing
the equipment in troubleshooting during machine set-up and repair.
This guide might not include all possible fault-related occurrences; however, it is
intended to provide some guidelines on possible problems and their solutions.
Moreover, it is understood that most boards/control activations, due to their
complexity and construction type, can be repaired with suitable
equipments/materials at the board testing unit.

For further information on troubleshooting it is


recommended the use of Teleservice. Refer to Teleservice
section

11.2. Alarms/messages Display


Alarms and messages are shown as numerical codes on the console display.

Page 232
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.3. Alarms/messages list


ERROR DESCRIPTION
TRANSMISSION CODE
001 Potentiometer
TITL 002 Activation Protection
003 Inverted motor+generator or DAC
004 Motor reversibility

011 Potentiometer
012 Activation Protection
ELEVATION 013 Inverted motor+generator or DAC
014 Motor reversibility
015 IB Curve not activated (only for T90e)
021 Potentiometer
022 Activation Protection
023 Inverted motor+generator or DAC in dynamic area
TUBE SUPPORT 024 Inverted motor generator or DAC in angling/centering
025 Inverted motor+generator or DAC in tomography
026 Inverted motor+generator or DAC in dynamic area+
angling/centering
027 Motor reversibility
028 Maximum angling exceeded between tube support
and serial radiographic design
031 Potentiometer
032 Activation Protection
033 Inverted motor+generator or DAC in dynamic area
SERIAL 034 Inverted motor+generator or DAC in angling/centering
RADIOGRAPHIC 035 Inverted motor+generator or DAC in tomography
DESIGN 036 Inverted motor+generator or DAC in dynamic area+
angling/centering
037 Motor reversibility
FOCAL POINT 041 Zero input alarm
042 Activation Protection
PARALLEL 051 Potentiometer
COLLIMATOR 052 Idle movement
PERPENDICULAR 061 Potentiometer
COLLIMATOR 062 Idle movement

Page 233
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING
TRANSMISSION ERROR DESCRIPTION
CODE
IRIS 071 Potentiometer
COLLIMATOR 072 Idle movement

PARALLEL 081 Zero input alarm


DIAPHRAGM 082 Activation Protection

CROSS 091 Zero input alarm


DIAPHRAGM 092 Activation Protection

PARALLEL 101 Potentiometer


JAWS
PERPENDICULAR 111 Potentiometer
JAWS
LONGITUDINAL 121 Zero input alarm
DRAWER 122 Activation Protection

TRANSVERSE 131 Zero input alarm


DRAWER 132 Activation Protection
133 Central drawer input alarm
141 Zero input alarm
IB 142 Activation Protection
143 Low IB input alarm
GRID 151 Zero input alarm
152 Activation Protection
LONGITUDINAL 161 Potentiometer
PLAN 022 Activation Protection
163 Inverted motor+generator or DAC
164 Motor reversibility
096 CPU discharge battery
097 Active movement power up control
098 Incorrect transmission/optical fiber broken
099 Power OFF
189÷196 System errors
197 Axes board stepper motors
VARIOUS 198 Transmission error on RS232 in installation
199 Character transmission error on RS232
200 EPROM absent/broken
201 EPROM virgin
202 Alarm error not dealt with by the application
software

Page 234
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.4. Alarm 001


Code 001 refers to the transmission of the tilt and in particular to the position
transducer (potentiometer and related circuits).
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Possible alarm causes Problem solution

Potentiometer 3PT1 fault Replace potentiometer. Reconnect,


reacquire and check control stops
following setup procedure.

Potentiometer 3PT1 exceeds acquisition Bring tilt within defined limits, following
limits setup procedure or manually. Recheck
control stops.

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


25S3 and 3PT1 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


25S3 and 3PT1

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 25S3 and 3PT1 connections.

Tracks interruptions on board 25S3 Restore connections or replace board.

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace board.


25S3

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Fault on reading circuit ADC1 of board Replace board.


25S1 CPU

Page 235
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

+/-15V failure on power supplies of Check fuses on board 25S1, the power
reading circuit ADC1 in board 25S1 supplies and connections from the
service transformer, fuses and power
supplies on transformer.
Replace fuses or board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer 22TR2.

Sporadic errors Error caused by external interferences.


To restore activation switch the
equipment off and on.

11.5. Alarm 002


Code 002 refers to the transmission of the tilt and in particular to activation 23S1.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation 23S1 absent or not functional While equipment is switched off insert or
LED OK: OFF replace activation.

Activation powered by an out of range Check board 23S9 and especially fuses,
voltage value the power supplies and connections from
LED OK: OFF the power transformer, the power
supplies of the transformer and line
voltage.
Replace fuses or board 23S9, restore
connections, replace fuses or power
transformer 22TR1.

Page 236
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor connection Invert motor connection.


LED O.K.: OFF
LED m.d.: ON

Motor disconnected Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED O.K.: OFF connections.
LED O.C.: ON

Motor short-circuit Check Motor, the generator/activation tie


LED O.K.: OFF cable, board 23S9 and activation 23S1.
LED O.C.: ON Replace Motor Reducer, tie cable, boards
23S9 and 23S1.

Inverted generator connection Invert generator connection.


LED O.K.: OFF
LED m.d.: ON

Generator disconnected Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED O.K.: OFF connections.
LED m.d.: ON

Generator short-circuit Check generator, the generator/activation


LED O.K.: OFF tie cable, board 23S9 and activation
LED m.d.: ON 23S1.
Replace Motor Reducer, tie cable, boards
23S9 and 23S1.

Activation blocked by thermal protection Use of continuous transmission function.


LED O.K.: OFF To restore operation switch activation off,
LED S.T.: ON let it cool down and switch it back on.

Tracks interruptions on board 23S9 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S3-IN21 off
Output 25S3-OUT14 off
DAC VAN3 out of range

Page 237
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Interruption in flat-cable 23S9CFC1- Replace flat-cable.


25S3CFC1
Input 25S3-IN21 off
Output 25S3-OUT14 off
DAC VAN3 out of range

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


23S9 and 25S3
Input 25S3-IN21 off
Output 25S3-OUT14 off
DAC VAN3 out of range

Input 25S3-IN21 not functional Refer to testing manual to check with


Output 25S3-OUT14 not functional Test SW.
DAC VAN3 out of range Replace board I/O 25S3, CPU 25S1 and
flat-cables.

Power supply failure +24Vcc on board Check connections, power supplies on


25S3 for digital input/output boards 25S3, the power supplies from
the service transformer, fuses and power
supplies on transformer.
Replace board 25S3, connections, fuses
or auxiliaries transformer.

Power supply failure +5Vcc or +/-12Vcc Check connections, power supplies and
on board 25S1 for digital input/output fuses on boards 25S1, the power
supplies from the service transformer,
fuses and power supplies on transformer.
Replace board 25S1, connections, fuses
or auxiliaries transformer.

Page 238
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.6. Alarm 003


Code 003 refers to the transmission of the tilt during movement. Through the
position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits) the software determines
the incorrect direction of the movement.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor and generator Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Inverted DAC connections Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

All events that may cause error 001 See error 001.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

11.7. Alarm 004


Code 004 refers to the transmission of the tilt and in particular to the motor
reducer.
Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits) the software
determines the movement without command of the transmission.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Motor reducer reversibility Replace motor reducer.

All events that may cause error 001 See error 001.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

Page 239
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.8. Alarm 011


Code 011 refers to the transmission of the elevation and in particular to the
position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits).
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Potentiometer 3PT2 not functional Replace potentiometer. Reconnect,


reacquire and check control stops
following setup procedure.

Potentiometer 3PT2 exceeds acquisition Bring transmission within control stops


limits defined limits, following setup procedure
or manually. Recheck control stops.

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


25S3 and 3PT2 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


25S3 and 3PT2

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 25S3 and 3PT2 connections.

Tracks interruptions on board 25S3 Restore connections or replace board.

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace board.


25S3

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Fault on reading circuit ADC2 of board Replace board.


25S1 CPU

Page 240
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Power supply failure +/-15V of reading Check fuses on board 25S1, the power
circuit ADC2 of board 25S1 supplies from the service transformer, the
connections, fuses and power supplies of
the transformer.
Replace fuses or board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

Sporadic errors Error caused by external interferences.


To restore activation switch the
equipment off and on.

11.9. Alarm 012


Code 012 refers to the elevation transmission and in particular to activation 23S2.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation 23S2 absent or not functional While equipment is switched off insert or
LED OK: OFF replace activation.

Activation powered by an out of range Check board 23S9 and especially fuses,
voltage value the power supplies and connections from
LED OK: OFF the power transformer, power supplies
and line voltage.
Replace fuses or board 23S9, restore
connections, replace fuses or power
transformer 22TR1.

Page 241
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor connection Invert motor connection.


LED O.K.: OFF
LED m.d.: ON

Motor disconnected Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED O.K.: OFF connections.
LED O.C.: ON

Motor short-circuit Check Motor, the generator/activation tie


LED O.K.: OFF cable, board 23S9 and activation 23S2.
LED O.C.: ON Replace Motor Reducer, tie cable, board
23S9 and 23S2.

Inverted generator connector Invert generator connection.


LED O.K.: OFF
LED m.d.: ON

Generator disconnected Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED O.K.: OFF connections.
LED m.d.: ON

Generator short-circuit Check generator, the generator/activation


LED O.K.: OFF tie cable, board 23S9 and activation
LED m.d.: ON 23S2.
Replace Motor Reducer, tie cable, board
23S9 and 23S2.

Activation blocked by thermal protection Use of continuous transmission function.


LED O.K.: OFF To restore operation switch activation off,
LED S.T.: ON let it cool down and switch it back on.

Tracks interruptions on board 23S9 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S3-IN22 off
Output 25S3-OUT20 off
DAC VAN4 out of range

Page 242
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Interruption in flat-cable 23S9CFC1- Replace flat-cable.


25S3CFC1
Input 25S3-IN22 off
Output 25S3-OUT20 off
DAC VAN4 out of range

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


23S9 and 25S3
Input 25S3-IN22 off
Output 25S3-OUT20 off
DAC VAN4 out of range

Input 25S3-IN22 not functional Refer to testing manual to check with


Output 25S3-OUT20 not functional Test SW.
DAC VAN4 out of range Replace board I/O 25S3, CPU 25S1 and
flat-cables.

Power supply failure +24Vcc on board Check connections, power supplies on


25S3 for digital input/output boards 25S3, the power supplies from the
service transformer, fuses on transformer
and power supplies.
Replace board 25S3, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

Power supply failure +5Vcc or +/-12Vcc Check connections, power supplies on


on board 25S1 for digital input/output boards 25S1, the power supplies from the
service transformer, fuses and power
supplies on transformer.
Replace boards 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer

Page 243
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.10. Alarm 013


Code 013 refers to the transmission of the elevation during movement. Through
the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits) the software
determines the incorrect direction of the movement.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor and generator Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Inverted DAC connections Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

All events that may cause error 011 See error 011.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

11.11. Alarm 014


Code 014 refers to the transmission of the elevation and in particular to the motor
reducer. Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits) the
software determines the movement without command of the transmission.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Motor reducer reversibility Replace motor reducer.

All events that may cause error 011 See error 011.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

Page 244
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.12. Alarm 015


Code 015 refers to the transmission of the elevation during the synchronised
movement with the tilt.
Through the position transducers (potentiometers and related circuits) the
software determines the incorrect direction of the movements.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Inverted motor and generator due to tilt Refer to functional diagrams to restore
and elevation connections.

Inverted DAC connections due to tilt and Refer to functional diagrams to restore
elevation connections.

All events that may cause error 001 and See error 001 and 011.
011 (problems with potentiometer and
related circuits)

11.13. Alarm 021


Code 021 refers to the transmission of the tube support and in particular to the
position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits).
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Potentiometer 3PT3 not functional Replace potentiometer. Reconnect,


reacquire and check control stops
following setup procedure.

Potentiometer 3PT3 exceeds acquisition Bring transmission within control stops


limits defined limits, following setup procedure
or manually and recheck control stops.

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


25S3 and 3PT3 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Page 245
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


25S3 and 3PT3

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 25S3 and 3PT3 connections.

Tracks interruptions on board 25S3 Restore connections or replace board.

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace board.


25S3

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Fault on reading circuit ADC3 of board Replace board.


25S1 CPU

Power supply failure +/-15V of reading Check fuses on board 25S1, the power
circuit ADC3 of board 25S1 supplies from the service transformer, the
connections, fuses and power supplies of
the transformer.
Replace fuses or board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer 22TR1.

Sporadic errors Error caused by external interferences.


To restore activation switch the
equipment off and on.

Page 246
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.14. Alarm 022


Code 022 refers to the transmission of the tube support and in particular to
activation 23S3.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation 23S3 absent or not functional While equipment is switched off insert or
LED OK: OFF replace activation
Activation powered by an out of range Check board 23S9 and especially fuses,
voltage value the power supplies and connections from
LED OK: OFF the power transformer, power supplies
and line voltage.
Replace fuses or board 23S9, restore
connections, replace fuses or power
transformer 22TR1.

Inverted motor connection Invert motor connection.


LED O.K.: OFF
LED m.d.: ON

Motor disconnected Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED O.K.: OFF connections.
LED O.C.: ON

Motor short-circuit Check Motor, the generator/activation tie


LED O.K.: OFF cable, board 23S9 and activation 23S3.
LED O.C.: ON Replace Motor Reducer, tie cable, boards
23S9 and 23S3.

Inverted generator connection Invert generator connection.


LED O.K.: OFF
LED m.d.: ON

Disconnected generator Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED O.K.: OFF connections.
LED m.d.: ON

Page 247
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Generator short-circuit Check generator, the generator/activation


LED O.K.: OFF tie cable, board 23S9 and activation
LED m.d.: ON 23S3.
Replace Motor Reducer, tie cable, boards
23S9 and 23S3.

Activation blocked by thermal protection Use of continuous transmission function.


LED O.K.: OFF To restore operation switch equipment
LED S.T.: ON off, let it cool down and switch it back on.

Tracks interruptions on board 23S9 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S3-IN11 off
Output 25S3-OUT13 off
DAC VAN1 out of range

Interruption in flat-cable 23S9CFC1- Replace flat-cable.


25S3CFC1
Input 25S3-IN11 off
Output 25S3-OUT13 off
DAC VAN1 out of range

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


23S9 and 25S3
Input 25S3-IN11 off
Output 25S3-OUT13 off
DAC VAN1 out of range

Input 25S3-IN11 not functional Refer to testing manual to check with


Output 25S3-OUT13 not functional Test SW.
DAC VAN1 out of range Replace board I/O 25S3, CPU 25S1 and
flat-cable.

Page 248
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Power supply failure +24Vcc for Check connections, power supplies on


input/output board 25S3 boards 25S3, the power supplies from the
service transformer, fuses on transformer
and power supplies.
Replace board 25S3, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

Power supply failure +5Vcc or +/-12Vcc Check connections, power supplies and
for input/output board 25S1 fuses on boards 25S1, the power
supplies from the service transformer,
fuses and power supplies on transformer.
Replace board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer

11.15. Alarm 023


Code 023 refers to the transmission of the tube support during movement in
dynamic area. Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related
circuits) the software determines the incorrect direction of movement.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor and generator Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Inverted DAC connections Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

All events that may cause error 021 See error 021.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

Page 249
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.16. Alarm 024


Code 024 refers to the transmission of the tube support during movement in
angling/centering. Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related
circuits) the software defines the incorrect direction of movement.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor and generator Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Inverted DAC connections Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

All events that may cause error 021 See error 021.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

11.17. Alarm 025


Code 025 refers to the transmission of the tube support during movement in
tomography. Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits)
the software determines the incorrect direction of movement.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor and generator Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Inverted DAC connections Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

All events that may cause error 021 See error 021.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

Page 250
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.18. Alarm 026


Code 026 refers to the transmission of the tube support during simultaneous
movement of dynamic area and angling/centering. Through the position
transducer (potentiometer and related circuits) the software determines the
incorrect direction of movement.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor and generator Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Inverted DAC connections Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

All events that may cause error 021 See error 021.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

11.19. Alarm 027


Code 027 refers to the transmission of the tube support and in particular to the
motor reducer. Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related
circuits) the software determines the movement without command of the
transmission.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Motor reducer reversibility Replace motor reducer.

All events that may cause error 021 See error 021.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

Page 251
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.20. Alarm 028


Code 028 refers to the transmission of the tube support and in particular it is
activated when there is an angle with the serial radiographic design higher than
42°.
Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits) the software
determines the incorrect direction of movement, to avoid the disengagement of
the rod.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the layer display flashes and shows the alarm code
while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor and generator tube Refer to functional diagrams to restore


support or serial radiographic design connections.

Inverted DAC connections tube support Refer to functional diagrams to restore


or serial radiographic design connections.

All events that may cause errors 021-031 See errors 021-031.
(problems with potentiometers and
related circuits)

Page 252
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.21. Alarm 031


Code 031 refers to the transmission of the serial radiographic design and in
particular to the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits).
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Potentiometer 3PT4 not functional Replace potentiometer. Reconnect,


reacquire and check control stops
following setup procedure.

Potentiometer 3PT4 exceeds acquisition Bring transmission within defined control


limits stops limits, following setup procedure or
manually and recheck control stops.

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


25S3 and 3PT4 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


25S3 and 3PT4

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 25S3 and 3PT4 connections.
.
Tracks interruptions on board 25S3 Restore connections or replace board.

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace board.


25S3

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Fault on reading circuit ADC4 of board Replace board.


25S1 CPU

Page 253
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Power supply failure +/-15V reading Check fuses on board 25S1, the power
circuit ADC4 of board 25S1 supplies from the service transformer, the
connections, fuses and power supplies of
the transformer.
Replace fuses or board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

Sporadic errors Error caused by external interferences.


To restore activation switch the
equipment off and on.

11.22. Alarm 032


Code 032 refers to the transmission of the serial radiographic design and in
particular to activation 23S4.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation 23S4 absent or not functional While equipment is switched off insert or
LED OK: OFF replace activation.

Activation powered by an out of range Check board 23S9, fuses on board 23S9,
voltage value the power supplies from the power
LED OK: OFF transformer, the connections and power
supplies of the transformer, line voltage.
Replace fuses or board 23S9, restore
connections, replace fuses or power
transformer 22TR1.

Page 254
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor connection Invert motor connection.


LED O.K.: OFF
LED m.d.: ON

Motor disconnected Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED O.K.: OFF connections.
LED O.C.: ON

Motor short-circuit Check Motor, the generator/activation tie


LED O.K.: OFF cable, board 23S9 and activation 23S4.
LED O.C.: ON Replace Motor Reducer, tie cable, board
23S9 and 23S4.

Inverted generator connection Invert generator connection.


LED O.K.: OFF
LED m.d.: ON

Generator disconnected Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED O.K.: OFF connections.
LED m.d.: ON

Generator short-circuit Check generator, the generator/activation


LED O.K.: OFF tie cable, board 23S9 and activation
LED m.d.: ON 23S4.
Replace Motor Reducer, tie cable, board
23S9 and 23S4.

Activation blocked by thermal protection Use of continuous transmission function.


LED O.K.: OFF To restore operation switch equipment
LED S.T.: ON off, let activation cool down and switch
equipment back on.

Tracks interruptions on board 23S9 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S3-IN12 off
Output 25S3-OUT12 off
DAC VAN2 out of range

Page 255
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Interruption in flat-cable 23S9CFC1- Replace flat-cable.


25S3CFC1
Input 25S3-IN12 off
Output 25S3-OUT12 off
DAC VAN2 out of range

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


23S9 and 25S3
Input 25S3-IN12 off
Output 25S3-OUT12 off
DAC VAN2 out of range

Input 25S3-IN12 not functional Refer to testing manual to check with


Output 25S3-OUT12 not functional Test SW.
DAC VAN2 out of range Replace board I/O 25S3, CPU 25S1 and
flat-cables.

Power supply failure +24Vcc for Check connections, power supplies on


input/output board 25S3 boards 25S3, the power supplies from
the service transformer, fuses and power
supplies on transformer.
Replace boards 25S3, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer 22TR1.

Power supply failure +5Vcc or +/-12Vcc Check connections, power supplies on


for input/output board 25S1 boards 25S1, fuses on board 25S1, the
power supplies from the service
transformer, fuses on transformer.
Replace board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

Page 256
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.23. Alarm 033


Code 033 refers to the transmission of the serial radiographic design during
movement in dynamic area. Through the position transducer (potentiometer and
related circuits) the software determines the incorrect direction of movement.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor and generator Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Inverted DAC connections Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

All events that may cause error 031 See error 031.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

11.24. Alarm 034


Code 034 refers to the transmission of the serial radiographic design during
movement in angling/centering. Through the position transducer (potentiometer
and related circuits) the software determines the incorrect direction of movement.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor and generator Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Inverted DAC connections Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

All events that may cause error 031 See error 031.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

Page 257
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.25. Alarm 035


Code 035 refers to the transmission of the serial radiographic design during
movement in tomography. Through the position transducer (potentiometer and
related circuits) the software determines the incorrect direction of movement.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.
Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor and generator or Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Inverted DAC connections Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

All events that may cause error 031 See error 031.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

11.26. Alarm 036


Code 036 refers to the transmission of the tube support during the simultaneous
movement of dynamic area and angling/centering. Through the position
transducer (potentiometer and related circuits) the software determines the
incorrect direction of movement.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor and generator Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Inverted DAC connections Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

All events that may cause error 031 See error 031.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

Page 258
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.27. Alarm 037


Code 037 refers to the transmission of the serial radiographic design in particular
to the motor reducer. Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related
circuits) the software determines the movement without command of the
transmission.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.
Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Motor reducer reversibility Replace motor reducer.

All events that may cause error 031 See error 031.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

11.28. Alarm 041


Code 041 refers to the transmission of the focal point and in particular to the
position transducer (reference photocell).
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Microswitch 3FC5 not functional Replace microswitch.

Power amplification board 3S3 not Replace power amplification board.


functional

Tie cable disconnected between Reconnect cable.


photocell 3FC5 and board 3S3

Interruption in tie cable between photocell Replace cable.


3FC5 and board 3S3

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


3S3 and 24S9 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Page 259
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


3S3 and 24S9

Incorrect connections in cables Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Tracks interruptions on boards Restore connections or replace boards.

Rosin joints on connectors Restore joints or replace boards.

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

11.29. Alarm 042


Code 042 refers to the transmission of the focal point and in particular to
activation 24S7.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation not powered or powered by an Check tracks on board 24S9, fuses and
out of range voltage value operation of power supply board 24S5,
LED HV: OFF the power supplies from the power
LED FAU: ON transformer, the connections, fuses and
power supplies of the transformer, line
voltage.
Replace board 24S9, 24S7, fuses or
board 24S5, restore connections, replace
fuses or power transformer 22TR1.

Activation powered by an out of range Check line voltage, the operation of


voltage value power supply board 24S5, the power
LED HV: OFF supplies of the transformer. Replace
LED FAU: ON board 24S5 and power transformer
22TR1.

Page 260
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation blocked by thermal protection Ventilators off or not functional, use of


LED TER: ON continuous transmission function.
LED FAU: ON To restore operation switch activation off,
let it cool down and switch the equipment
back on.

Motor short-circuit Check tracks of board 24S9, the tie cable


LED HV: ON of activation/motor and of motor 3MT5.
LED FAU: ON Replace cable and motor.

Incorrect motor connection Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED HV: ON connections.
LED FAU: ON

Tracks interruptions on board 24S9 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S2-IN4 off

Interruption in flat-cable 24S9CFC2- Replace flat-cable.


25S2CN2
Input 25S2-IN4 off

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


24S9 and 25S2
Input 25S2-IN4 off

Input 25S2-IN4 not functional Replace axes board 25S2.

Power supply failure +12Vcc for Check connections, power supplies on


input/output board 25S2 board 24S9 and 24S5, fuses on power
supply board 24S5, the power supplies
from the service transformer, fuses on
transformer and power supplies.
Replace boards 25S2, 24S9 and 24S5,
restore connections, replace fuses or
auxiliaries transformer.

Page 261
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.30. Alarm 051


Code 051 refers to the transmission of the parallel collimator and in particular to
the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits).
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Potentiometer 3PT7 not functional Replace potentiometer. Reconnect,


reacquire and check control stops
following setup procedure

Potentiometer 3PT7 exceeds acquisition Bring transmission within control stops


limits defined limits, following setup procedure
or manually. Recheck control stops.

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


25S3 and 3PT7 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


25S3 and 3PT7

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 25S3 and 3PT7 connections.

Tracks interruptions on board 25S3 Restore connections or replace board.

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace board.


25S3

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Fault on reading circuit ADC7 of board Replace board.


25S1 CPU

Page 262
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Power supply failure +/-15V reading Check fuses on board 25S1, the power
circuit ADC7 of board 25S1 supplies from the service transformer, the
connections, fuses and power supplies of
the transformer.
Replace fuses or board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer 22TR1.

Sporadic errors Error caused by external interferences.


To restore activation switch the
equipment off and on.

11.31. Alarm 052


Code 052 refers to the transmission of the parallel collimator during movement.
Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits) the software
determines the incorrect direction of movement.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


23S8 and collimator

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


23S8 and collimator

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 23S8 and collimator connections.

Tracks interruptions on board 23S10 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S3-IN17 off
Output 25S3-OUT23 off
DAC VAN5 out of range

Page 263
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Fault on board 23S8 Restore and replace board.

Interruption in flat-cable 23S10CFC1- Replace flat-cable.


25S3CFC2
Input 25S3-IN17 off
Output 25S3-OUT23 off
DAC VAN5 out of range

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


23S9 and 25S3
Input 25S3-IN17 off
Output 25S3-OUT23 off
DAC VAN5 out of range

Input 25S3-IN17 not functional Refer to testing manual to check with


Output 25S3-OUT23 not functional Test SW.
DAC VAN5 out of range Replace board I/O 25S3, CPU 25S1 and
flat-cable.

Power supply failure +24Vcc for Check connections, power supplies on


input/output board 25S3 boards 25S3, the power supplies from the
service transformer, fuses on transformer
and power supplies.
Replace board 25S3, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

Power supply failure +5Vcc or +/-12Vcc Check connections, power supplies and
for input/output board 25S1 fuses on boards 25S1, the power
supplies from the service transformer,
fuses and power supplies on transformer.
Replace board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

Page 264
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.32. Alarm 061


Code 061 refers to the transmission of the perpendicular collimator and in
particular to the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits).
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Potentiometer 3PT8 not functional Replace potentiometer. Reconnect,


reacquire and check control stops
following setup procedure

Potentiometer 3PT8 exceeds acquisition Bring transmission within control stops


limits defined limits, following setup procedure
or manually. Recheck control stops.

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


25S3 and 3PT8 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


25S3 and 3PT8

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 25S3 and 3PT8 connections.

Tracks interruptions on board 25S3 Restore connections or replace board.

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace board.


25S3

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Fault on reading circuit ADC8 of board Replace board.


25S1 CPU

Page 265
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Power supply failure +/-15V reading Check fuses on board 25S1, the power
circuit ADC8 of board 25S1 supplies from the service transformer, the
connections, fuses and power supplies of
the transformer.
Replace fuses or board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer 22TR1.

Sporadic errors Error caused by external interferences.


To restore activation switch the
equipment off and on.

11.33. Alarm 062


Code 062 refers to the transmission of the perpendicular collimator during
movement.
Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits) the software
determines the incorrect direction of movement.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


23S8 and collimator

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


23S8 and collimator

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 23S8 and collimator connections.

Tracks interruptions on board 23S10 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S3-IN17 off
Output 25S3-OUT23 off
DAC VAN6 out of range

Page 266
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Fault on board 23S8 Restore or replace board.

Interruption in flat-cable 23S10CFC1- Replace flat-cable.


25S3CFC2
Input 25S3-IN17 off
Output 25S3-OUT23 off
DAC VAN6 out of range

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


23S9 and 25S3
Input 25S3-IN17 off
Output 25S3-OUT23 off
DAC VAN6 out of range

Input 25S3-IN17 not functional Refer to testing manual to check with


Output 25S3-OUT23 not functional Test SW.
DAC VAN6 out of range Replace board I/O 25S3, CPU 25S1 and
flat-cable.

Power supply failure +24Vcc for Check connections, power supplies on


input/output board 25S3 boards 25S3, the power supplies from the
service transformer, fuses on transformer
and power supplies.
Replace board 25S3, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

Power supply failure +5Vcc or +/-12Vcc Check connections, power supplies and
for input/output board 25S1 fuses on boards 25S1, the power
supplies from the service transformer,
fuses and power supplies on transformer.
Replace board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

Page 267
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.34. Alarm 071


Code 071 refers to the transmission of the iris collimator and in particular to the
position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits).
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Potentiometer 3PT9 not functional Replace potentiometer. Reconnect,


reacquire and check control stops
following setup procedure.

Potentiometer 3PT9 exceeds acquisition Bring transmission within control stops


limits defined limits, following setup procedure
or manually and recheck control stops.

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


25S3 and 3PT9 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


25S3 and 3PT9

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 25S3 and 3PT9 connections.

Tracks interruptions on board 25S3 Restore connections or replace board.

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace board.


25S3

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Fault on reading circuit ADC9 of board Replace board.


25S1 CPU

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Power supply failure +/-15V reading Check fuses on board 25S1, the power
circuit ADC9 of board 25S1 supplies from the service transformer, the
connections, fuses and power supplies of
the transformer.

Page 268
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Replace fuses or board 25S1, restore


connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer 22TR2.

Sporadic errors Error caused by external interferences.


To restore activation switch the
equipment off and on.

11.35. Alarm 072


Code 072 refers to the transmission of the iris collimator during movement.
Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits) the software
determines the incorrect direction of movement.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


23S8 and collimator

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


23S8 and collimator

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 23S8 and collimator connections.

Tracks interruptions on board 23S10 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S3-IN17 off
Output 25S3-OUT23 off
DAC VAN7 out of range

Fault on board 23S8 Restore and replace board.

Page 269
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Interruption in flat-cable 23S10CFC1- Replace flat-cable.


25S3CFC2
Input 25S3-IN17 off
Output 25S3-OUT23 off
DAC VAN7 out of range

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


23S9 and 25S3
Input 25S3-IN17 off
Output 25S3-OUT23 off
DAC VAN7 out of range

Input 25S3-IN17 not functional Refer to testing manual to check with


Output 25S3-OUT23 not functional Test SW.
DAC VAN7 out of range Replace board I/O 25S3, CPU 25S1 and
flat-cable.

Power supply failure +24Vcc for Check connections, power supplies on


input/output board 25S3 boards 25S3, the power supplies from the
service transformer, fuses and power
supplies on transformer.
Replace boards 25S3, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

Power supply failure +5Vcc or +/-12Vcc Check connections, power supplies and
for input/output board 25S1 fuses on boards 25S1, the power
supplies from the service transformer, the
fuses and power supplies of the
transformer.
Replace board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

Page 270
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.36. Alarm 081


Code 081 refers to the transmission of the parallel diaphragms and in particular
to the position transducer (reference photocell).
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Photocell 3FC16 not functional Replace photocell.

Power amplification board 3S3 not Replace power amplification board.


functional

Tie cable disconnected between Reconnect cable.


photocell 3FC16 and board 3S3

Interruption in tie cable between photocell Replace cable.


3FC16 and board 3S3

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


3S3 and 24S9 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


3S3 and 24S9

Incorrect connections in cables Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Tracks interruptions on boards Restore connections or replace boards.

Rosin joints on connectors Restore joints or replace boards.

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Page 271
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.37. Alarm 082


Code 082 refers to the transmission of the parallel diaphragms and in particular
to activation 24S2.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation not powered or powered by an Check tracks on board 24S9, the


out of range voltage value operation of power supply board 24S1,
LED HV: OFF fuses on board 24S1, the power supplies
LED FAU: ON from the power transformer, connections
to transformer, fuses on transformer, the
power supplies of the transformer and
line voltage.
Replace board 24S9, 24S2, fuses or
board 24S1, restore connections, replace
fuses or power transformer 22TR1.

Activation powered by an out of range Check line voltage, the operation of


voltage value power supply board 24S1, the power
LED HV: OFF supplies from the power transformer, the
LED FAU: ON power supplies of the transformer.
Replace board 24S1 and power
transformer 22TR1.

Activation blocked by thermal protection Ventilators off or not functional, use of


LED TER: ON continuous transmission function.
LED FAU: ON To restore operation switch activation off,
let it cool down and switch the equipment
back on.

Motor short-circuit Check tracks on board 24S9, the


LED HV: ON activation/motor tie cable and motor
LED FAU: ON 3MT13.
Replace cable and motor.

Page 272
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Error in motor connection Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED HV: ON connections.
LED FAU: ON

Tracks interruptions on board 24S9 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S2-IN1 off

Interruption in flat-cable 24S9CFC2- Replace flat-cable.


25S2CN2
Input 25S2-IN1 off

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


24S9 and 25S2
Input 25S2-IN1 off

Input 25S2-IN1 off Replace axes board 25S2.

Power supply failure +12Vcc for Check connections, power supplies on


input/output board 25S2 board 24S9 and 24S5, fuses on power
supply board 24S5, the power supplies
from the service transformer, fuses on
transformer and power supplies.
Replace board 25S2, 24S9 and 24S5,
restore connections, replace fuses or
auxiliaries transformer.

Page 273
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.38. Alarm 091


Code 091 refers to the transmission of the cross diaphragms and in particular to
the position transducer (reference photocell).
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Photocell 3FC17 not functional Replace photocell.

Power amplification board 3S3 not Replace power amplification board.


functional

Tie cable disconnected between Reconnect cable.


photocell 3FC17 and board 3S3

Interruption in tie cable between photocell Replace cable.


3FC17 and board 3S3

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


3S3 and 24S9 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


3S3 and 24S9

Incorrect connections in cables Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Tracks interruptions on boards Restore connections or replace board.

Rosin joints on connectors Restore joints or replace boards.

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Page 274
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.39. Alarm 092


Code 092 refers to the transmission of the cross diaphragms and in particular to
activation 24S3.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation not powered or powered by an Check tracks on board 24S9, the


out of range voltage value operation of power supply board 24S1,
LED HV: OFF fuses on board 24S1, the power supplies
LED FAU: ON from the power transformer, connections
to transformer, fuses on transformer, the
power supplies of the transformer and
line voltage.
Replace board 24S9, 24S3, fuses or
board 24S1, restore connections, replace
fuses or power transformer 22TR1.

Activation powered by an out of range Check line voltage, the operation of


voltage value power supply board 24S1, the power
LED HV: OFF supplies from the power transformer, the
LED FAU: ON power supplies of the transformer.
Replace board 24S1 and power
transformer 22TR1.

Activation blocked by thermal protection Ventilators off or not functional, use of


LED TER: ON continuous transmission function.
LED FAU: ON To restore operation switch activation off,
let it cool down and switch the equipment
back on.

Motor short-circuit Check tracks on board 24S9, the


LED HV: ON activation/motor tie cable and motor
LED FAU: ON 3MT14.
Replace cable and motor.

Page 275
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Error in motor connection Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED HV: ON connections.
LED FAU: ON

Tracks interruptions on board 24S9 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S2-IN2 off

Interruption in flat-cable 24S9CFC2- Replace flat-cable.


25S2CN2
Input 25S2-IN2 off

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


24S9 and 25S2
Input 25S2-IN2 off

Input 25S2-IN2 off Replace axes board 25S2.

Power supply failure +12Vcc for Check connections, power supplies on


input/output board 25S2 boards 24S9 and 24S5, fuses on power
supply board 24S5, the power supplies
from the service transformer, fuses on
transformer and power supplies.
Replace boards 25S2, 24S9 and 24S5,
restore connections, replace fuses or
auxiliaries transformer.

11.40. Alarm 096


Code 096 refers to the battery of board CPU 25S1. The activation of this alarm
interrupts the ignition of the equipment. All movements are disabled, the angle of
tilt display flashes and shows the code while the remaining displays are switched
off. This error must be reset with keys P57 or P48 to complete the equipment
ignition (pulse selection key or 0° tilt). If the battery is flat the new alarms are not
stored and the previous ones are lost.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Battery flat Replace battery on board 25S1.

Fault on reading circuit of battery voltage Replace board CPU 25S1.

Page 276
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.41. Alarm 097


Code 097 refers to the keys, joysticks and control levers of console 1S1 and of
remote keypad 3S1. The activation of this alarm interrupts the ignition of the
equipment. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and
shows the code while the remaining displays are switched off. This error must be
reset with keys P57 or P48 to complete the equipment ignition (pulse selection
key or 0° tilt). While the ignition is on, the movements activated by controls
(pressed at ignition stage) are disabled.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Fault on control lever or joystick Replace control lever or joystick.

Fault on connections between control Replace or restore connections.


levers or joysticks and console board 1S1

Fault on console board 1S1 Replace board.

Tie cable fault between console board Replace cable.


1S1 and board CPU console 1S2.

Fault on CPU Console 1S2 Replace board.

Fault on remote keypad board 3S1 Replace board.

Fault on tie cable between control keypad Replace cable.


board 3S1 and board I/O 25S3.

Fault on board I/O 25S3 Replace board

Tie cable fault between board I/O 25S3 Replace cable.


and board CPU 25S1.

Fault on board CPU 25S1 Replace board

Page 277
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.42. Alarm 098


Code 098 refers to the transmission of data between board CPU 25S1 and
console board 1S2. The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer
connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and
shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Fault on board CPU 25S1 Replace board.

Fault on Console board 1S2 Replace board.

Tie cable fault between board CPU 25S1 Replace cable.


and console 1S1 (fiber-optic cable)

Fiber-optic cable disconnected Connect cable.

Connection error on fiber-optic cable Adjust connection.

11.43. Alarm 099


Code 099 refers to the absence of the command of the power transformer
connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and
shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Red stop button pressed on console Restore stop button.

Console stop button disconnected from Restore connections.


board 1S1

Tracks interruptions or rosin joints on Restore connections or replace board.


board 1S1
Tie cable disconnected or incorrect Connect cable or restore connections
connections between board 1S1 and
25S3

Page 278
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Red stop button pressed on remote Restore stop button.


keypad
Tie cable disconnected or incorrect Connect cable or restore connections.
connection between IB safety, stop
button and board 25S3

Tilt total safety activated Release tilt safety manually or using


setup procedure. Check software and
hardware control stops.

Tie cable disconnected or incorrect Connect cable or restore connections.


connection between tilt safety and board
25S3

Elevation total safety activated (if Release elevation safety manually or


present) following setup procedure. Check
software and hardware control stops.

Tie cable disconnected or incorrect Connect cable or restore connections.


connection between tilt safety, elevation
and board 25S3
IB safety activated Release IB safety manually or following
setup procedure. Check IB configuration
and safety positioning.

Ceiling safety activated (if present) Release ceiling safety manually or


following setup procedure. Check room
configuration and safety positioning.

Tie cable disconnected or incorrect Connect cable or restore connections.


connection between ceiling safety and
board 25S3

Switch 25S3SW1-4 OFF and ceiling Turn ON switch 25S3SW1-4.


safety absent

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Watch-dog activated on board CPU 25S1 Check connections of watch-dog contact


and board CPU 25S1.
Adjust connections or replace board.
Incorrect connections between board Restore connections.

Page 279
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

25S1 and 25S3 (watch-dog contact)

Tracks interruptions or rosin joints on Restore connections or replace board.


board 25S3

Power supply failure +24Vcc for safety Check connections, power supplies on
circuit on board 25S3 boards 25S3, the power supplies from the
service transformer, fuses on transformer
and power supplies.
Replace boards 25S3, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

11.44. Alarm 101


Code 101 refers to the transmission of the parallel jaws and in particular to the
position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits).
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Potentiometer 3PT10 not functional Replace potentiometer. Reconnect,


reacquire and check control stops
following setup procedure.

Potentiometer 3PT10 exceeds acquisition Bring transmission within defined control


limits stops limits following setup procedure or
manually and recheck control stops.

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


25S3 and 3PT10 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Page 280
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


25S3 and 3PT10

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 25S3 and 3PT10 connections.

Tracks interruptions on board 25S3 Restore connections or replace board.

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace board.


25S3

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Fault on reading circuit ADC10 of board Replace board.


25S1 CPU

Power supply failure +/-15V of reading Check fuses on board 25S1, the power
circuit ADC10 of board 25S1 supplies from the service transformer, the
connections, fuses and power supplies of
the transformer.
Replace fuses or board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer 22TR2.

Sporadic errors Error caused by external interferences.


To restore activation switch the
equipment off and on.

Page 281
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.45. Alarm 111


Code 111 refers to the transmission of the perpendicular jaws and in particular to
the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits).
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Potentiometer 3PT11 not functional Replace potentiometer. Reconnect,


reacquire and check control stops
following setup procedure.

Potentiometer 3PT11 exceeds acquisition Bring transmission within control stops


limits defined limits following setup procedure
or manually and recheck control stops.

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


25S3 and 3PT11 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


25S3 and 3PT11

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 25S3 and 3PT11 connections.

Tracks interruptions on board 25S3 Restore connections or replace board.

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace board.


25S3

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Fault on reading circuit ADC11 of board Replace board.


25S1 CPU

Page 282
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Power supply failure +/-15V reading Check fuses on board 25S1, the power
circuit ADC11 of board 25S1 supplies from the service transformer, the
connections, fuses and power supplies of
the transformer.
Replace fuses or board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer 22TR2.

Sporadic errors Error caused by external interferences.


To restore activation switch the
equipment off and on.

11.46. Alarm 121


Code 121 refers to the transmission of the longitudinal drawer and in particular to
the position transducer (reference photocell).
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.
Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Photocell 3FC14 not functional Replace photocell.

Power amplification board 3S3 not Replace power amplification board.


functional

Tie cable disconnected between Reconnect cable.


photocell
3FC14 and board 3S3

Interruption in tie cable between photocell Replace cable.


3FC14 and board 3S3

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


3S3 and 24S9 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Page 283
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


3S3 and 24S9

Incorrect connections in cables Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Tracks interruptions on boards Restore connections or replace board.

Rosin joints on connectors Restore joints or replace boards.

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cables.


25S1CN2

11.47. Alarm 122


Code 122 refers to the transmission of the longitudinal drawer and in particular to
activation 24S6.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation not powered or powered by an Check tracks on board 24S9, the


out of range voltage value operation of power supply board 24S5,
LED HV: OFF fuses on board 24S5, the power supplies
LED FAU: ON from the power transformer, connections
to transformer, fuses on transformer, the
power supplies of the transformer and
line voltage.
Replace board 24S9, 24S6, fuses or
board 24S5, restore connections, replace
fuses or power transformer 22TR1.

Page 284
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation powered by an out of range Check line voltage, the operation of power supply
voltage value board 24S5, the power supplies from the power
LED HV: OFF transformer, the power supplies of the transformer.
LED FAU: ON Replace board 24S5 and power transformer 22TR1.

Activation blocked by thermal Ventilators off or not functional, use of continuous


protection transmission function.
LED TER: ON To restore operation switch activation off, let it cool
LED FAU: ON down and switch the equipment back on.

Motor short-circuit Check tracks on board 24S9, the activation/motor tie


LED HV: ON cable and motor 3MT11.
LED FAU: ON Replace cable and motor.

Error in motor connection Refer to functional diagrams to restore connections.


LED HV: ON
LED FAU: ON

Tracks interruptions on board 24S9 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S2-IN3 off

Interruption in flat-cable 24S9CFC2- Replace flat-cable.


25S2CN2 Input 25S2-IN3 off

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


24S9 and 25S2 Input 25S2-IN3 off

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Input 25S2-IN3 not functional Replace axes board 25S2.

Power supply failure +12Vcc for Check connections, power supplies on boards 24S9
input/output board 25S2 and 24S5, power supplies on power supply board
24S5, the power supplies from the service
transformer, fuses on transformer and power
supplies. Replace boards 25S2, 24S9 and 24S5,
restore connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer.

Page 285
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.48. Alarm 131


Code 131 refers to the transmission of the transverse drawer and in particular to
the position transducer (reference photocell).
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Photocell 3FC15 not functional Replace photocell.

Power amplification board 3S3 not Replace power amplification board.


functional

Tie cable disconnected between Reconnect cable.


photocell 3FC15 and board 3S3

Interruption in tie cable between photocell Replace cable.


3FC15 and board 3S3

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


3S3 and 24S9 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Page 286
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


3S3 and 24S9

Incorrect connections in cables Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Tracks interruptions on boards Restore connections or replace boards.

Rosin joints on connectors Restore joints or replace boards.

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

11.49. Alarm 132


Code 132 refers to the transmission of the transverse drawer and in particular to
activation 24S8.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation not powered or powered by an Check tracks on board 24S9, the


out of range voltage value operation of power supply board 24S5,
LED HV: OFF fuses on board 24S5, the power supplies
LED FAU: ON from the power transformer, connections
to transformer, fuses on transformer, the
power supplies of the transformer and
line voltage.
Replace board 24S9, 24S8, fuses or
board 24S5, restore connections, replace
fuses or power transformer 22TR1.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation powered by an out of range Check line voltage, the operation of


voltage value power supply board 24S5, the power
LED HV: OFF supplies from the power transformer, the

Page 287
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

LED FAU: ON power supplies of the transformer.


Replace board 24S5 and power
transformer 22TR1.

Activation blocked by thermal protection Ventilators off or not functional, use of


LED TER: ON continuous transmission function.
LED FAU: ON To restore operation switch activation off,
let it cool down and switch the equipment
back on.

Motor short-circuit Check tracks of board 24S9, the


LED HV: ON activation/motor tie cable and motor
LED FAU: ON 3MT12.
Replace cable and motor.

Error in motor connection Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED HV: ON connections.
LED FAU: ON

Tracks interruptions on board 24S9 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S2-IN5 off

Interruption in flat-cable 24S9CFC2- Replace flat-cable.


25S2CN2
Input 25S2-IN5 off

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


24S9 and 25S2
Input 25S2-IN5 off

Input 25S2-IN5 not functional Replace axes board 25S2.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Power supply failure +12Vcc for Check connections, power supplies on


input/output board 25S2 boards 24S9, 24S5, fuses on power
supply board 24S5, the power supplies
from the service transformer, fuses on
transformer and power supplies.
Replace boards 25S2, 24S9 and 24S5,
restore connections, replace fuses or
auxiliaries transformer.

Page 288
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.50. Alarm 133


Code 131 refers to the transmission of the transverse drawer and in particular to
the microswitch of the drawer centre.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Microswitch 3FC21 not functional Replace microswitch.

Power amplification board 3S3 not Replace power amplification board.


functional

Tie cable disconnected between Reconnect cable.


photocell 3FC21 and board 3S3

Interruption in tie cable between photocell Replace cable.


3FC21 and board 3S3

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


3S3 and 24S9 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


3S3 and 24S9

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Incorrect connections in cables Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Tracks interruptions on boards Restore connections or replace boards.

Rosin joints on connectors Restore joints or replace boards.

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2
11.51. Alarm 141
Code 141 refers to the transmission of the IB and in particular to the position
transducer (reference photocell).

Page 289
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Microswitch 3FC19 not functional Replace microswitch.

Power amplification board 3S3 not Replace power amplification board.


functional

Tie cable disconnected between Reconnect cable.


photocell 3FC19 and board 3S3

Interruption in tie cable between photocell Replace cable.


3FC19 and board 3S3

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


3S3 and 24S9 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


3S3 and 24S9

Page 290
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Incorrect connections in cables Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Tracks interruptions on boards Restore connections or replace boards.

Rosin joints on connectors Restore joints or replace boards.

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

11.52. Alarm 142


Code 142 refers to the transmission of the IB and in particular to activation 24S7.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation not powered or powered by an Check tracks on board 24S9, the


out of range voltage value operation of power supply board 24S5,
LED HV: OFF fuses on board 24S5, the power supplies
LED FAU: ON from the power transformer, connections
to transformer, fuses on transformer, the
power supplies of the transformer and
line voltage.
Replace board 24S9, 24S7, fuses or
board 24S5, restore connections, replace
fuses or power transformer 22TR1.

Activation powered by an out of range Check line voltage, the operation of


voltage value power supply board 24S5, the power
LED HV: OFF supplies from the power transformer, the
LED FAU: ON power supplies of the transformer.
Replace board 24S5 and power
transformer 22TR1.

Page 291
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation blocked by thermal protection Ventilators off or not functional, use of


LED TER: ON continuous transmission function.
LED FAU: ON To restore operation switch activation off,
let it cool down and switch the equipment
back on.

Motor short-circuit Check tracks on board 24S9, the


LED HV: ON activation/motor tie cable and motor
LED FAU: ON 3MT16.
Replace cable and motor.

Error in motor connection Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED HV: ON connections.
LED FAU: ON

Tracks interruptions on board 24S9 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S2-IN4 off

Interruption in flat-cable 24S9CFC2- Replace flat-cable.


25S2CN2
Input 25S2-IN4 off

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


24S9 and 25S2
Input 25S2-IN4 off

Input 25S2-IN4 off Replace axes board 25S2.

Power supply failure +12Vcc for Check connections, power supplies on


input/output board 25S2 boards 24S9 and 24S5, fuses on power
supply board 24S5, the power supplies
from the service transformer, fuses on
transformer and power supplies.
Replace boards 25S2, 24S9 and 24S5,
restore connections, replace fuses or
auxiliaries transformer.

Page 292
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.53. Alarm 143


Code 143 refers to the transmission of the IB of the low IB microswitch.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Microswitch 3FC20 not functional Replace microswitch.

Power amplification board 3S3 not Replace power amplification board.


functional

Tie cable disconnected between Reconnect cable.


photocell 3FC15 and board 3S3

Interruption in tie cable between photocell Replace cable.


3FC20 and board 3S3

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


3S3 and 24S9 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


3S3 and 24S9

Incorrect connections in cables Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Tracks interruptions on boards Restore connections or replace boards.

Rosin joints on connectors Restore joints or replace boards.

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Page 293
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.54. Alarm 151


Code 151 refers to the transmission of the grid and in particular to the position
transducer (reference photocell).
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Photocell 3FC18 not functional Replace photocell.

Power amplification board 3S3 not Replace power amplification board.


functional

Tie cable disconnected between Reconnect cable.


photocell 3FC18 and board 3S3

Interruption in tie cable between photocell Replace cable.


3FC18 and board 3S3

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


3S3 and 24S9 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


3S3 and 24S9

Incorrect connections in cables Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Tracks interruptions on boards Restore connections or replace boards.

Rosin joints on connectors Restore joints or replace boards.

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Page 294
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.55. Alarm 152


Code 152 refers to the transmission of the grid and in particular to activation
24S4.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Activation not powered or powered by an Check tracks on board 24S9, the


out of range voltage value operation of power supply board 24S1,
LED HV: OFF fuses on board 24S1, the power supplies
LED FAU: ON from the power transformer, connections
to transformer, fuses on transformer, the
power supplies of the transformer and
line voltage.
Replace boards 24S9, 24S4, fuses or
board 24S1, restore connections, replace
fuses or power transformer 22TR1.

Activation powered by an out of range Check line voltage, the operation of


voltage value power supply board 24S1, the power
LED HV: OFF supplies from the power transformer, the
LED FAU: ON power supplies of the transformer.
Replace board 24S1 and power
transformer 22TR1.

Activation blocked by thermal protection Ventilators off or not functional, use of


LED TER: ON continuous transmission function.
LED FAU: ON To restore operation switch activation off,
let it cool down and switch the equipment
back on.

Motor short-circuit Check tracks on board 24S9, the


LED HV: ON activation/motor tie cable and motor
LED FAU: ON 3MT15.
Replace cable and motor.

Page 295
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Error in motor connection Refer to functional diagrams to restore


LED HV: ON connections.
LED FAU: ON

Tracks interruptions on board 24S9 Restore connections or replace board.


Input 25S2-IN6 off

Interruption in flat-cable 24S9CFC2- Replace flat-cable.


25S2CN2
Input 25S2-IN6 off

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace boards.


24S9 and 25S2
Input 25S2-IN6 off

Input 25S2-IN6 not functional Replace axes board 25S2.

Power supply failure +12Vcc for Check connections, power supplies on


input/output board 25S2 boards 24S9 and 24S5, fuses on power
supply board 24S5, the power supplies
from the service transformer, fuses on
transformer and power supplies.
Replace boards 25S2, 24S9 and 24S5,
restore connections, replace fuses or
auxiliaries transformer.

Page 296
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.56. Alarm 161


Code161 refers to the transmission of the longitudinal plan and in particular to
the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits).
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the layer display flashes and shows the alarm code
while the remaining displays switch off.

Possible alarm causes Problem solution

Potentiometer 3PT17 not functional Replace potentiometer. Reconnect,


reacquire and check control stops
following setup procedure.

Potentiometer 3PT17 exceeds acquisition Bring tilt within defined limits, following
limits setup procedure or manually. Recheck
control stops.

Tie cable disconnected between board Reconnect cable.


25S3 and 3PT17 CAUTION must be exercised with the
screen earth connection.

Interruption in tie cable between board Replace cable.


25S3 and 3PT17

Incorrect connections in tie cable Refer to functional diagrams to restore


between board 25S3 and 3PT17 connections.

Tracks interruptions on board 25S3 Restore connections or replace board.

Rosin joints on the connectors of board Restore joints or replace board.


25S3

Interruption in flat-cable 25S3CN2- Replace flat-cable.


25S1CN2

Fault on reading circuit ADC6 of board Replace board.


25S1 CPU

Page 297
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Power supply failure +/-15V on the power Check fuses on board 25S1, the power
supplies of reading circuit ADC6 in board supplies and connections from the
25S1 service transformer, fuses and power
supplies on transformer.
Replace fuses or board 25S1, restore
connections, replace fuses or auxiliaries
transformer 22TR2.

Sporadic errors Error caused by external interferences.


To restore activation switch the
equipment off and on.

11.57. Alarm 163


Code 163 refers to the transmission of the longitudinal plan during movement.
Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits) the software
determines the incorrect direction of movement.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the layer display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Inverted motor and generator Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

Inverted DAC connections Refer to functional diagrams to restore


connections.

All events that may cause error 161 See error 161.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

Page 298
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.58. Alarm 164


Code 164 refers to the transmission of the longitudinal plan and in particular to
the motor reducer.
Through the position transducer (potentiometer and related circuits) the software
determines the movement without command of the transmission.
The activation of this alarm stops the equipment, it disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the layer display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Motor reducer reversibility Replace motor reducer.

All events that may cause error 161 See error 161.
(problems with potentiometer and related
circuits)

11.59. Alarm 189÷196


Codes 189÷196 refer to board CPU 25S1.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Board CPU 25S1 not functional Replace board CPU.

11.60. Alarm 197


Code 197 refers to the axes board for stepper motors 25S2.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Axes board 25S2 not functional Replace axes board.

Page 299
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TROUBLESHOOTING

11.61. Alarm 198


Code 198 refers to the transmission of data between board CPU 25S1 and PC in
setup mode in Teleservice. The activation of this alarm disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled; the layer display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Serial cable or connection by modem Recheck cable. To restore operation


interrupted switch the equipment off and on.

11.62. Alarm 199


Code 199 refers to the transmission of data between board CPU 25S1 and PC in
telecontrol mode in Teleservice. The activation of this alarm disables the power
transformer connection relay. All movements are disabled, the layer display
flashes and shows the alarm code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

Serial cable or connection by modem Recheck cable. To restore operation


interrupted switch the equipment off and on.

11.63. Alarm 200


Code 200 refers to the fault of EPROM mounted on board 25S1.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

EPROM not functional Replace EPROM. Reinsert default data


on EPROM in setup mode. Acquire
configuration data, control stops and
calibration following the service manual.

EPROM absent Insert EPROM.

Page 300
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PRECISION RXI e SYSTEM TASKS AND PROCEDURES
AND PRECISION RXI VERSION
DIRECTION 5121726 -100, REVISION 6 BOOK 1 – TABLE ADJUSTMENT, TELESERVICE, TOUBLESHOOOTING

11.64. Alarm 201


Code 201 refers to the content of EPROM mounted on board 25S1.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Events that may cause the error Problem solution

EPROM new (during testing) Reinsert default data on EPROM in setup


mode. Acquire configuration data, control
stops and calibration following the service
manual.

Replace board CPU 25S1 Remove EPROM from the replaced


board.
EPROM content modified due to change Follow instructions enclosed with
in software version software version.

EPROM dirty Reinsert default data on EPROM in setup


mode. Acquire configuration data, control
stops and calibration following the service
manual.

11.65. Alarm 202


Code 202 identifies the activation of a hypothetical alarm that has been
generated but not dealt with by the application software. There are no plausible
events that may activate this alarm.
The activation of this alarm disables the power transformer connection relay. All
movements are disabled, the angle of tilt display flashes and shows the alarm
code while the remaining displays switch off.

Page 301